SemaDecl.cpp revision 262bc18e32500558af7cb0afa205b34bd37bafed
1//===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// 2// 3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4// 5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7// 8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9// 10// This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. 11// 12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14#include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 15#include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 16#include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 17#include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h" 18#include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 19#include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 20#include "TypeLocBuilder.h" 21#include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" 22#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 23#include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 24#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 25#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 26#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 27#include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h" 28#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 29#include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" 30#include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 31#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 32#include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 33#include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h" 34#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 35#include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h" 36#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 37#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 38// FIXME: layering (ideally, Sema shouldn't be dependent on Lex API's) 39#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" 40#include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" 41#include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" 42#include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" 43#include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 44#include <algorithm> 45#include <cstring> 46#include <functional> 47using namespace clang; 48using namespace sema; 49 50Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) { 51 if (OwnedType) { 52 Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr }; 53 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2)); 54 } 55 56 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr)); 57} 58 59namespace { 60 61class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 62 public: 63 TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid) : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid) { 64 WantExpressionKeywords = false; 65 WantCXXNamedCasts = false; 66 WantRemainingKeywords = false; 67 } 68 69 virtual bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) { 70 if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) 71 return (isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND)) && 72 (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl()); 73 else 74 return candidate.isKeyword(); 75 } 76 77 private: 78 bool AllowInvalidDecl; 79}; 80 81} 82 83/// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, 84/// return the declaration of that type. 85/// 86/// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II 87/// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to 88/// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an 89/// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that 90/// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. 91/// 92/// If name lookup results in an ambiguity, this routine will complain 93/// and then return NULL. 94ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 95 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 96 bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot, 97 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, 98 bool IsCtorOrDtorName, 99 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo, 100 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) { 101 // Determine where we will perform name lookup. 102 DeclContext *LookupCtx = 0; 103 if (ObjectTypePtr) { 104 QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get(); 105 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 106 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType); 107 } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 108 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false); 109 110 if (!LookupCtx) { 111 if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 112 // C++ [temp.res]p3: 113 // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the 114 // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) 115 // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the 116 // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an 117 // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). 118 // 119 // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would 120 // refer to a member of an unknown specialization. 121 if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName) 122 return ParsedType(); 123 124 // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type, 125 // so build a dependent node to describe the type. 126 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) 127 return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get(); 128 129 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context); 130 QualType T = 131 CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc, 132 II, NameLoc); 133 134 return ParsedType::make(T); 135 } 136 137 return ParsedType(); 138 } 139 140 if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() && 141 RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx)) 142 return ParsedType(); 143 } 144 145 // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of 146 // lookup for class-names. 147 LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName : 148 LookupOrdinaryName; 149 LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind); 150 if (LookupCtx) { 151 // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we 152 // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access 153 // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior 154 // nested-name-specifier. 155 LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx); 156 157 if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) { 158 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 159 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 160 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of 161 // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also 162 // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall 163 // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T. 164 LookupName(Result, S); 165 } 166 } else { 167 // Perform unqualified name lookup. 168 LookupName(Result, S); 169 } 170 171 NamedDecl *IIDecl = 0; 172 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 173 case LookupResult::NotFound: 174 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 175 if (CorrectedII) { 176 TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(true); 177 TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 178 Kind, S, SS, Validator); 179 IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 180 TemplateTy Template; 181 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 182 UnqualifiedId TemplateName; 183 TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc); 184 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier(); 185 CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS; 186 if (SS && NNS) { 187 NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 188 NewSSPtr = &NewSS; 189 } 190 if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) && 191 // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected 192 // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names 193 // is handled elsewhere). 194 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr && 195 isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, ParsedType(), 196 false, Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) { 197 ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr, 198 isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr, 199 IsCtorOrDtorName, 200 WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo); 201 if (Ty) { 202 std::string CorrectedStr(Correction.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 203 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr( 204 Correction.getQuoted(getLangOpts())); 205 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 206 << Result.getLookupName() << CorrectedQuotedStr 207 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NameLoc), 208 CorrectedStr); 209 if (NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Correction.getCorrectionDecl()) 210 Diag(FirstDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 211 << CorrectedQuotedStr; 212 213 if (SS && NNS) 214 SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 215 *CorrectedII = NewII; 216 return Ty; 217 } 218 } 219 } 220 // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through 221 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 222 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 223 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 224 return ParsedType(); 225 226 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 227 // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll 228 // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can 229 // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error 230 // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error 231 // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type. 232 if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) { 233 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 234 return ParsedType(); 235 } 236 237 // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. 238 for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); 239 Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { 240 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) { 241 if (!IIDecl || 242 (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() < 243 IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding()) 244 IIDecl = *Res; 245 } 246 } 247 248 if (!IIDecl) { 249 // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way 250 // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't 251 // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to 252 // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which 253 // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected 254 // a type name. 255 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 256 return ParsedType(); 257 } 258 259 // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the 260 // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right 261 // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to 262 // perform the name lookup again. 263 break; 264 265 case LookupResult::Found: 266 IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl(); 267 break; 268 } 269 270 assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl"); 271 272 QualType T; 273 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { 274 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); 275 276 if (T.isNull()) 277 T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); 278 279 // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a 280 // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier 281 // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node). 282 if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName) { 283 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 284 // Construct a type with type-source information. 285 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 286 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 287 288 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 289 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 290 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 291 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)); 292 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 293 } else { 294 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 295 } 296 } 297 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 298 (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc); 299 if (!HasTrailingDot) 300 T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); 301 } 302 303 if (T.isNull()) { 304 // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics. 305 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 306 return ParsedType(); 307 } 308 return ParsedType::make(T); 309} 310 311/// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* 312/// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If 313/// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, 314/// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_class). This is used to diagnose cases in C 315/// where the user forgot to specify the tag. 316DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 317 // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. 318 LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 319 LookupName(R, S, false); 320 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 321 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 322 if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 323 switch (TD->getTagKind()) { 324 case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; 325 case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union; 326 case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class; 327 case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum; 328 } 329 } 330 331 return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 332} 333 334/// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope, 335/// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes 336/// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning. 337/// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example: 338/// @code 339/// template<class T> class A { 340/// public: 341/// typedef int TYPE; 342/// }; 343/// template<class T> class B : public A<T> { 344/// public: 345/// A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class. 346/// }; 347/// @endcode 348bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) { 349 if (CurContext->isRecord()) { 350 const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType(); 351 352 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 353 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator Base = RD->bases_begin(), 354 BaseEnd = RD->bases_end(); Base != BaseEnd; ++Base) 355 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base->getType())) 356 return true; 357 return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 358 } 359 return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 360} 361 362bool Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, 363 SourceLocation IILoc, 364 Scope *S, 365 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 366 ParsedType &SuggestedType) { 367 // We don't have anything to suggest (yet). 368 SuggestedType = ParsedType(); 369 370 // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo 371 // results, in case we have something that we can suggest. 372 TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(false); 373 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(&II, IILoc), 374 LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS, 375 Validator)) { 376 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 377 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr(Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOpts())); 378 379 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) { 380 // We corrected to a keyword. 381 // FIXME: Actually recover with the keyword we suggest, and emit a fix-it. 382 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 383 << &II << CorrectedQuotedStr; 384 } else { 385 NamedDecl *Result = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 386 // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that. 387 if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) 388 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 389 << &II << CorrectedQuotedStr 390 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), CorrectedStr); 391 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 392 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest) 393 << &II << DC << CorrectedQuotedStr << SS->getRange() 394 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), CorrectedStr); 395 else 396 llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here"); 397 398 Diag(Result->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 399 << CorrectedQuotedStr; 400 401 SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Result->getIdentifier(), IILoc, S, SS, 402 false, false, ParsedType(), 403 /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false, 404 /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true); 405 } 406 return true; 407 } 408 409 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 410 // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to. 411 UnqualifiedId Name; 412 Name.setIdentifier(&II, IILoc); 413 CXXScopeSpec EmptySS; 414 TemplateTy TemplateResult; 415 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 416 if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false, 417 Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult, 418 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) { 419 TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.getAsVal<TemplateName>(); 420 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName; 421 if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 422 Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here) 423 << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange(); 424 } 425 return true; 426 } 427 } 428 429 // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag 430 // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead? 431 432 if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid())) 433 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << &II; 434 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 435 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found) 436 << &II << DC << SS->getRange(); 437 else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 438 unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing; 439 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S)) 440 DiagID = diag::warn_typename_missing; 441 442 Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID) 443 << (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() << II.getName() 444 << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc) 445 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename "); 446 SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, IILoc) 447 .get(); 448 } else { 449 assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() && 450 "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed"); 451 } 452 453 return true; 454} 455 456/// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name 457/// or 458static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) { 459 bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 460 NextToken.is(tok::less); 461 462 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) { 463 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I)) 464 return true; 465 466 if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I)) 467 return true; 468 } 469 470 return false; 471} 472 473Sema::NameClassification Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, 474 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 475 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 476 SourceLocation NameLoc, 477 const Token &NextToken) { 478 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc); 479 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl(); 480 481 if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) { 482 BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(), 483 QualType(), false, SS, 0, false); 484 485 } 486 487 LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 488 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod); 489 490 // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically 491 // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method. 492 // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal 493 // unqualified lookup mechanism. 494 if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) { 495 ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true); 496 if (E.get() || E.isInvalid()) 497 return E; 498 } 499 500 bool SecondTry = false; 501 bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false; 502 503Corrected: 504 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 505 case LookupResult::NotFound: 506 // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function 507 // call. 508 if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) { 509 // In C++, this is an ADL-only call. 510 // FIXME: Reference? 511 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 512 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true); 513 514 // C90 6.3.2.2: 515 // If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a 516 // function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no 517 // declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is 518 // implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing 519 // the function call, the declaration 520 // 521 // extern int identifier (); 522 // 523 // appeared. 524 // 525 // We also allow this in C99 as an extension. 526 if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) { 527 Result.addDecl(D); 528 Result.resolveKind(); 529 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false); 530 } 531 } 532 533 // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in 534 // which case it's likely that the user just forget to write "enum", 535 // "struct", or "union". 536 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry) { 537 Result.clear(LookupTagName); 538 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS); 539 if (TagDecl *Tag = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 540 const char *TagName = 0; 541 const char *FixItTagName = 0; 542 switch (Tag->getTagKind()) { 543 case TTK_Class: 544 TagName = "class"; 545 FixItTagName = "class "; 546 break; 547 548 case TTK_Enum: 549 TagName = "enum"; 550 FixItTagName = "enum "; 551 break; 552 553 case TTK_Struct: 554 TagName = "struct"; 555 FixItTagName = "struct "; 556 break; 557 558 case TTK_Union: 559 TagName = "union"; 560 FixItTagName = "union "; 561 break; 562 } 563 564 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag) 565 << Name << TagName << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 566 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName); 567 568 LookupResult R(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 569 if (LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS)) { 570 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); 571 I != IEnd; ++I) 572 Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type) 573 << Name << TagName; 574 } 575 break; 576 } 577 578 Result.clear(LookupOrdinaryName); 579 } 580 581 // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is 582 // close to this name. 583 if (!SecondTry) { 584 SecondTry = true; 585 CorrectionCandidateCallback DefaultValidator; 586 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 587 Result.getLookupKind(), S, 588 &SS, DefaultValidator)) { 589 unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest; 590 unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest; 591 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 592 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr(Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOpts())); 593 594 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 595 NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl 596 = FirstDecl? FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl() : 0; 597 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 598 UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) { 599 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest; 600 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest; 601 } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl && 602 (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 603 isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 604 isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) { 605 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest; 606 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest; 607 } 608 609 if (SS.isEmpty()) 610 Diag(NameLoc, UnqualifiedDiag) 611 << Name << CorrectedQuotedStr 612 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(NameLoc, CorrectedStr); 613 else 614 Diag(NameLoc, QualifiedDiag) 615 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) << CorrectedQuotedStr 616 << SS.getRange() 617 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(NameLoc, CorrectedStr); 618 619 // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name. 620 Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 621 622 // Typo correction corrected to a keyword. 623 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) 624 return Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 625 626 // Also update the LookupResult... 627 // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point 628 Result.clear(); 629 Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection()); 630 if (FirstDecl) { 631 Result.addDecl(FirstDecl); 632 Diag(FirstDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 633 << CorrectedQuotedStr; 634 } 635 636 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let 637 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to 638 // reference the ivar. 639 // FIXME: This is a gross hack. 640 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) { 641 Result.clear(); 642 ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier())); 643 return move(E); 644 } 645 646 goto Corrected; 647 } 648 } 649 650 // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it. 651 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 652 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 653 654 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: { 655 // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were 656 // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other 657 // dependent nested-name-specifier. 658 659 // C++ [temp.res]p2: 660 // A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is 661 // dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type 662 // unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is 663 // qualified by the keyword typename. 664 // 665 // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to 666 // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a 667 // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template' 668 // keyword here. 669 return BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(), 670 NameInfo, /*TemplateArgs=*/0); 671 } 672 673 case LookupResult::Found: 674 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 675 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 676 break; 677 678 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 679 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 680 hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) { 681 // C++ [temp.local]p3: 682 // A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an 683 // ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than 684 // one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found 685 // refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name 686 // is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the 687 // class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not 688 // ambiguous. 689 // 690 // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one, 691 // so try again after filtering out template names. 692 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 693 if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) { 694 IsFilteredTemplateName = true; 695 break; 696 } 697 } 698 699 // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error. 700 return NameClassification::Error(); 701 } 702 703 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 704 (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) { 705 // C++ [temp.names]p3: 706 // After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that 707 // an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of 708 // overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if 709 // this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a 710 // template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator. 711 if (!IsFilteredTemplateName) 712 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 713 714 if (!Result.empty()) { 715 bool IsFunctionTemplate; 716 TemplateName Template; 717 if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) { 718 IsFunctionTemplate = true; 719 Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(), 720 Result.end()); 721 } else { 722 TemplateDecl *TD 723 = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl()); 724 IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD); 725 726 if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid()) 727 Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(), 728 /*TemplateKeyword=*/false, 729 TD); 730 else 731 Template = TemplateName(TD); 732 } 733 734 if (IsFunctionTemplate) { 735 // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which 736 // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need 737 // to based on which function we selected. 738 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 739 740 return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template); 741 } 742 743 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template); 744 } 745 } 746 747 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 748 if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) { 749 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 750 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 751 return ParsedType::make(T); 752 } 753 754 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl); 755 if (!Class) { 756 // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this. 757 if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias 758 = dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl)) 759 Class = Alias->getClassInterface(); 760 } 761 762 if (Class) { 763 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc); 764 765 if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) { 766 // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression. 767 // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now. 768 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 769 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 770 } 771 772 QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class); 773 return ParsedType::make(T); 774 } 775 776 if (!Result.empty() && (*Result.begin())->isCXXClassMember()) 777 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result, 0); 778 779 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)); 780 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL); 781} 782 783// Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a 784// context. This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the 785// exact ordering of callbacks from the parser. 786DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { 787 788 // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've 789 // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is 790 // the context we'll need to return to. 791 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC)) { 792 DC = DC->getLexicalParent(); 793 794 // A function not defined within a class will always return to its 795 // lexical context. 796 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 797 return DC; 798 799 // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class 800 // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete"); the topmost 801 // class is the context we need to return to. 802 while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) 803 DC = RD; 804 805 // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is 806 // declared in. 807 return DC; 808 } 809 810 return DC->getLexicalParent(); 811} 812 813void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 814 assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && 815 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 816 CurContext = DC; 817 S->setEntity(DC); 818} 819 820void Sema::PopDeclContext() { 821 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 822 823 CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); 824 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 825} 826 827/// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 828/// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 829/// 830void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 831 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13: 832 // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class 833 // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as 834 // if the name was used in a member function of X. 835 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14: 836 // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the 837 // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of 838 // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as 839 // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its 840 // namespace. 841 // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context 842 // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use 843 // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily 844 // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately, 845 // the containing scope should have the appropriate information. 846 847 assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity"); 848 849#ifndef NDEBUG 850 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 851 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 852 assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch"); 853#endif 854 855 CurContext = DC; 856 S->setEntity(DC); 857} 858 859void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) { 860 assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!"); 861 862 // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is 863 // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext. 864 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 865 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 866 CurContext = (DeclContext*) Ancestor->getEntity(); 867 868 // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to 869 // disappear. 870} 871 872 873void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) { 874 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 875 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *TFD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) { 876 // We assume that the caller has already called 877 // ActOnReenterTemplateScope 878 FD = TFD->getTemplatedDecl(); 879 } 880 if (!FD) 881 return; 882 883 // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context 884 // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class. 885 assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() && 886 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 887 CurContext = FD; 888 S->setEntity(CurContext); 889 890 for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) { 891 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P); 892 // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope 893 if (Param->getIdentifier()) { 894 S->AddDecl(Param); 895 IdResolver.AddDecl(Param); 896 } 897 } 898} 899 900 901void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() { 902 // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent, 903 // rather than the top-level class. 904 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 905 CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent(); 906 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 907} 908 909 910/// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function 911/// PrevDecl with another declaration. 912/// 913/// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not 914/// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return 915/// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an 916/// extension, in C when the previous function is already an 917/// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" 918/// attribute. 919static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous, 920 ASTContext &Context) { 921 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 922 return true; 923 924 if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) 925 return true; 926 927 return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found 928 && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()); 929} 930 931/// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 932void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) { 933 // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing 934 // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this 935 // scope. 936 while (S->getEntity() && 937 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) 938 S = S->getParent(); 939 940 // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be 941 // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted 942 // into any context. 943 if (AddToContext) 944 CurContext->addDecl(D); 945 946 // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++. 947 // Out-of-line variable and function definitions shouldn't even in C. 948 if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) && 949 D->isOutOfLine() && 950 !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 951 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 952 return; 953 954 // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope. 955 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 956 cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 957 return; 958 959 // If this replaces anything in the current scope, 960 IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), 961 IEnd = IdResolver.end(); 962 for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { 963 if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) { 964 S->RemoveDecl(*I); 965 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); 966 967 // Should only need to replace one decl. 968 break; 969 } 970 } 971 972 S->AddDecl(D); 973 974 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) { 975 // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that 976 // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert 977 // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain. 978 for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) { 979 DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 980 if (IDC == CurContext) { 981 if (!S->isDeclScope(*I)) 982 continue; 983 } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext)) 984 break; 985 } 986 987 IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D); 988 } else { 989 IdResolver.AddDecl(D); 990 } 991} 992 993void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) { 994 if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope) 995 TUScope->AddDecl(D); 996} 997 998bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 999 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) { 1000 return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, Context, S, 1001 ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization); 1002} 1003 1004Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1005 DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 1006 do { 1007 if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = (DeclContext*) S->getEntity()) 1008 if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC) 1009 return S; 1010 } while ((S = S->getParent())); 1011 1012 return 0; 1013} 1014 1015static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *, 1016 DeclContext*, 1017 ASTContext&); 1018 1019/// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope 1020/// as determined by isDeclInScope. 1021void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, 1022 DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1023 bool ConsiderLinkage, 1024 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) { 1025 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1026 while (F.hasNext()) { 1027 NamedDecl *D = F.next(); 1028 1029 if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization)) 1030 continue; 1031 1032 if (ConsiderLinkage && 1033 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context)) 1034 continue; 1035 1036 F.erase(); 1037 } 1038 1039 F.done(); 1040} 1041 1042static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) { 1043 return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) || 1044 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) || 1045 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D); 1046} 1047 1048/// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results. 1049static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) { 1050 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1051 while (F.hasNext()) 1052 if (isUsingDecl(F.next())) 1053 F.erase(); 1054 1055 F.done(); 1056} 1057 1058/// \brief Check for this common pattern: 1059/// @code 1060/// class S { 1061/// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1062/// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1063/// }; 1064/// @endcode 1065static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) { 1066 // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get 1067 // the decl here. 1068 if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) 1069 return false; 1070 1071 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) 1072 return CD->isCopyConstructor(); 1073 if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 1074 return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator(); 1075 return false; 1076} 1077 1078bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const { 1079 assert(D); 1080 1081 if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1082 return false; 1083 1084 // Ignore class templates. 1085 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() || 1086 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 1087 return false; 1088 1089 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1090 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1091 return false; 1092 1093 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 1094 if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD)) 1095 return false; 1096 } else { 1097 // 'static inline' functions are used in headers; don't warn. 1098 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 1099 FD->isInlineSpecified()) 1100 return false; 1101 } 1102 1103 if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() && 1104 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD)) 1105 return false; 1106 } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1107 if (!VD->isFileVarDecl() || 1108 VD->getType().isConstant(Context) || 1109 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD)) 1110 return false; 1111 1112 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 1113 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1114 return false; 1115 1116 } else { 1117 return false; 1118 } 1119 1120 // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit. 1121 if (D->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage) 1122 return false; 1123 1124 return true; 1125} 1126 1127void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1128 if (!D) 1129 return; 1130 1131 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1132 const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDeclaration(); 1133 if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1134 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1135 } 1136 1137 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1138 const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDeclaration(); 1139 if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1140 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1141 } 1142 1143 if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D)) 1144 UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D); 1145 } 1146 1147static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1148 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 1149 return false; 1150 1151 if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1152 return false; 1153 1154 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1155 return true; 1156 1157 // White-list anything that isn't a local variable. 1158 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D) || 1159 !D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 1160 return false; 1161 1162 // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed. 1163 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1164 1165 // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type. 1166 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 1167 1168 // Only look at the outermost level of typedef. 1169 if (const TypedefType *TT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(Ty)) { 1170 if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1171 return false; 1172 } 1173 1174 // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is 1175 // dependent, don't diagnose the variable. 1176 if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType()) 1177 return false; 1178 1179 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) { 1180 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 1181 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1182 return false; 1183 1184 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 1185 if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) 1186 return false; 1187 1188 if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) { 1189 const CXXConstructExpr *Construct = 1190 dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init); 1191 if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) { 1192 CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor(); 1193 if (!CD->isTrivial()) 1194 return false; 1195 } 1196 } 1197 } 1198 } 1199 1200 // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates? 1201 } 1202 1203 return true; 1204} 1205 1206static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx, 1207 FixItHint &Hint) { 1208 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) { 1209 SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(), 1210 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true); 1211 if (AfterColon.isInvalid()) 1212 return; 1213 Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange:: 1214 getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon)); 1215 } 1216 return; 1217} 1218 1219/// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used 1220/// unless they are marked attr(unused). 1221void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1222 FixItHint Hint; 1223 if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D)) 1224 return; 1225 1226 GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint); 1227 1228 unsigned DiagID; 1229 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable()) 1230 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param; 1231 else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1232 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label; 1233 else 1234 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable; 1235 1236 Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint; 1237} 1238 1239static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) { 1240 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto 1241 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd 1242 // definitions are indicated with a null substmt. 1243 if (L->getStmt() == 0) 1244 S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName(); 1245} 1246 1247void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { 1248 if (S->decl_empty()) return; 1249 assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && 1250 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); 1251 1252 for (Scope::decl_iterator I = S->decl_begin(), E = S->decl_end(); 1253 I != E; ++I) { 1254 Decl *TmpD = (*I); 1255 assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); 1256 1257 assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); 1258 NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); 1259 1260 if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; 1261 1262 // Diagnose unused variables in this scope. 1263 if (!S->hasErrorOccurred()) 1264 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D); 1265 1266 // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined. 1267 if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D)) 1268 CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this); 1269 1270 // Remove this name from our lexical scope. 1271 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); 1272 } 1273} 1274 1275void Sema::ActOnStartFunctionDeclarator() { 1276 ++InFunctionDeclarator; 1277} 1278 1279void Sema::ActOnEndFunctionDeclarator() { 1280 assert(InFunctionDeclarator); 1281 --InFunctionDeclarator; 1282} 1283 1284/// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit. 1285/// 1286/// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If 1287/// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated 1288/// to the fixed name. 1289/// 1290/// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit. 1291/// 1292/// \param TypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction 1293/// if there is no class with the given name. 1294/// 1295/// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the 1296/// class could not be found. 1297ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 1298 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1299 bool DoTypoCorrection) { 1300 // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in 1301 // creation from this context. 1302 NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1303 1304 if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) { 1305 // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we 1306 // find an Objective-C class name. 1307 DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl> Validator; 1308 if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), 1309 LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, NULL, 1310 Validator)) { 1311 IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(); 1312 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) 1313 << Id << IDecl->getDeclName() 1314 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(IdLoc, IDecl->getNameAsString()); 1315 Diag(IDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 1316 << IDecl->getDeclName(); 1317 1318 Id = IDecl->getIdentifier(); 1319 } 1320 } 1321 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); 1322 // This routine must always return a class definition, if any. 1323 if (Def && Def->getDefinition()) 1324 Def = Def->getDefinition(); 1325 return Def; 1326} 1327 1328/// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting 1329/// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes 1330/// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and 1331/// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but 1332/// ill-formed in C++: 1333/// @code 1334/// struct S6 { 1335/// enum { BAR } e; 1336/// }; 1337/// 1338/// void test_S6() { 1339/// struct S6 a; 1340/// a.e = BAR; 1341/// } 1342/// @endcode 1343/// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different 1344/// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration 1345/// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated 1346/// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent 1347/// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this 1348/// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the 1349/// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot 1350/// contain non-field names. 1351Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { 1352 while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 1353 (S->getEntity() && 1354 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) || 1355 (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)) 1356 S = S->getParent(); 1357 return S; 1358} 1359 1360/// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at 1361/// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true 1362/// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the 1363/// built-in. 1364NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned bid, 1365 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 1366 SourceLocation Loc) { 1367 Builtin::ID BID = (Builtin::ID)bid; 1368 1369 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 1370 QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(BID, Error); 1371 switch (Error) { 1372 case ASTContext::GE_None: 1373 // Okay 1374 break; 1375 1376 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio: 1377 if (ForRedeclaration) 1378 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_stdio) 1379 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1380 return 0; 1381 1382 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp: 1383 if (ForRedeclaration) 1384 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_setjmp) 1385 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1386 return 0; 1387 1388 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext: 1389 if (ForRedeclaration) 1390 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_ucontext) 1391 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1392 return 0; 1393 } 1394 1395 if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BID)) { 1396 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 1397 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID) 1398 << R; 1399 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) && 1400 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc) 1401 != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 1402 Diag(Loc, diag::note_please_include_header) 1403 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) 1404 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1405 } 1406 1407 FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, 1408 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 1409 Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/0, 1410 SC_Extern, 1411 SC_None, false, 1412 /*hasPrototype=*/true); 1413 New->setImplicit(); 1414 1415 // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the 1416 // FunctionDecl. 1417 if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 1418 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1419 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) { 1420 ParmVarDecl *parm = 1421 ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 1422 SourceLocation(), 0, 1423 FT->getArgType(i), /*TInfo=*/0, 1424 SC_None, SC_None, 0); 1425 parm->setScopeInfo(0, i); 1426 Params.push_back(parm); 1427 } 1428 New->setParams(Params); 1429 } 1430 1431 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); 1432 1433 // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. 1434 // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to 1435 // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext 1436 // entirely, but we're not there yet. 1437 DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; 1438 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 1439 PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); 1440 CurContext = SavedContext; 1441 return New; 1442} 1443 1444bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) { 1445 QualType OldType; 1446 if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1447 OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); 1448 else 1449 OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); 1450 QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1451 1452 if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 1453 // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type. 1454 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1455 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef) 1456 << Kind << NewType; 1457 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1458 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1459 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1460 return true; 1461 } 1462 1463 if (OldType != NewType && 1464 !OldType->isDependentType() && 1465 !NewType->isDependentType() && 1466 !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) { 1467 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1468 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) 1469 << Kind << NewType << OldType; 1470 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1471 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1472 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1473 return true; 1474 } 1475 return false; 1476} 1477 1478/// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the 1479/// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out 1480/// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting 1481/// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid. 1482/// 1483void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) { 1484 // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any 1485 // merging checks. 1486 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return; 1487 1488 // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. 1489 // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! 1490 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) { 1491 const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); 1492 switch (TypeID->getLength()) { 1493 default: break; 1494 case 2: 1495 if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) 1496 break; 1497 Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1498 // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition. 1499 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr()); 1500 return; 1501 case 5: 1502 if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) 1503 break; 1504 Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1505 // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition. 1506 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr()); 1507 return; 1508 case 3: 1509 if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) 1510 break; 1511 Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1512 // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition. 1513 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr()); 1514 return; 1515 } 1516 // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. 1517 } 1518 1519 // Verify the old decl was also a type. 1520 TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1521 if (!Old) { 1522 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1523 << New->getDeclName(); 1524 1525 NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl(); 1526 if (OldD->getLocation().isValid()) 1527 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1528 1529 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1530 } 1531 1532 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 1533 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 1534 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1535 1536 // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and 1537 // with any extensions enabled. 1538 if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New)) 1539 return; 1540 1541 // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain if the old 1542 // declaration was a typedef. 1543 if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1544 New->setPreviousDeclaration(Typedef); 1545 1546 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 1547 return; 1548 1549 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1550 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: 1551 // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to 1552 // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer 1553 // to the type to which it already refers. 1554 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) 1555 return; 1556 1557 // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4: 1558 // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine 1559 // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name 1560 // to refer to the type to which it already refers. 1561 // 1562 // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the 1563 // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like: 1564 // 1565 // struct S { 1566 // typedef struct A { } A; 1567 // }; 1568 // 1569 // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which 1570 // allow the above but disallow 1571 // 1572 // struct S { 1573 // typedef int I; 1574 // typedef int I; 1575 // }; 1576 // 1577 // since that was the intent of DR56. 1578 if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1579 return; 1580 1581 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 1582 << New->getDeclName(); 1583 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1584 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1585 } 1586 1587 // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11. 1588 if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11) 1589 return; 1590 1591 // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning 1592 // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with 1593 // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is 1594 // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC. 1595 if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() && 1596 (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) || 1597 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation()))) 1598 return; 1599 1600 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefinition_of_typedef) 1601 << New->getDeclName(); 1602 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1603 return; 1604} 1605 1606/// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target 1607/// attribute. 1608static bool 1609DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) { 1610 const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A); 1611 const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A); 1612 for (Decl::attr_iterator i = D->attr_begin(), e = D->attr_end(); i != e; ++i) 1613 if ((*i)->getKind() == A->getKind()) { 1614 if (Ann) { 1615 if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(*i)->getAnnotation()) 1616 return true; 1617 continue; 1618 } 1619 // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check 1620 if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(*i)) 1621 return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(*i)->getOwnKind(); 1622 return true; 1623 } 1624 1625 return false; 1626} 1627 1628/// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one. 1629void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(Decl *New, Decl *Old, 1630 bool MergeDeprecation) { 1631 if (!Old->hasAttrs()) 1632 return; 1633 1634 bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs(); 1635 1636 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before 1637 // we process them. 1638 if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 1639 1640 for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableAttr> 1641 i = Old->specific_attr_begin<InheritableAttr>(), 1642 e = Old->specific_attr_end<InheritableAttr>(); 1643 i != e; ++i) { 1644 // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested. 1645 if (!MergeDeprecation && 1646 (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(*i) || 1647 isa<UnavailableAttr>(*i) || 1648 isa<AvailabilityAttr>(*i))) 1649 continue; 1650 1651 if (!DeclHasAttr(New, *i)) { 1652 InheritableAttr *newAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>((*i)->clone(Context)); 1653 newAttr->setInherited(true); 1654 New->addAttr(newAttr); 1655 foundAny = true; 1656 } 1657 } 1658 1659 if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs(); 1660} 1661 1662/// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter 1663/// to the new one. 1664static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl, 1665 const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl, 1666 ASTContext &C) { 1667 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 1668 return; 1669 1670 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 1671 1672 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is 1673 // done before we process them. 1674 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 1675 1676 for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableParamAttr> 1677 i = oldDecl->specific_attr_begin<InheritableParamAttr>(), 1678 e = oldDecl->specific_attr_end<InheritableParamAttr>(); i != e; ++i) { 1679 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, *i)) { 1680 InheritableAttr *newAttr = cast<InheritableParamAttr>((*i)->clone(C)); 1681 newAttr->setInherited(true); 1682 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 1683 foundAny = true; 1684 } 1685 } 1686 1687 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 1688} 1689 1690namespace { 1691 1692/// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in 1693/// C. 1694struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { 1695 ParmVarDecl *OldParm; 1696 ParmVarDecl *NewParm; 1697 QualType PromotedType; 1698}; 1699 1700} 1701 1702/// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method. 1703Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 1704 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) { 1705 if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor()) 1706 return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor; 1707 1708 if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor()) 1709 return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor; 1710 1711 if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor()) 1712 return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor; 1713 } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) { 1714 return Sema::CXXDestructor; 1715 } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) { 1716 return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment; 1717 } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) { 1718 return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment; 1719 } 1720 1721 return Sema::CXXInvalid; 1722} 1723 1724/// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently, 1725/// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in 1726/// GNU89 mode. 1727static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 1728 const LangOptions& LangOpts) { 1729 return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) && 1730 !LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 1731 FD->isInlineSpecified() && 1732 FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern); 1733} 1734 1735/// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from 1736/// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous 1737/// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, 1738/// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 1739/// 1740/// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not 1741/// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are 1742/// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be 1743/// merged with. 1744/// 1745/// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 1746bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *OldD, Scope *S) { 1747 // Verify the old decl was also a function. 1748 FunctionDecl *Old = 0; 1749 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldFunctionTemplate 1750 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldD)) 1751 Old = OldFunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl(); 1752 else 1753 Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldD); 1754 if (!Old) { 1755 if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { 1756 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 1757 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 1758 diag::note_using_decl_target); 1759 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 1760 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 1761 return true; 1762 } 1763 1764 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1765 << New->getDeclName(); 1766 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1767 return true; 1768 } 1769 1770 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, 1771 // implicit declaration, or a declaration. 1772 diag::kind PrevDiag; 1773 if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 1774 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; 1775 else if (Old->isImplicit()) 1776 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; 1777 else 1778 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; 1779 1780 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 1781 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 1782 1783 // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function 1784 // is an extern inline function. 1785 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && 1786 New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 1787 Old->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 1788 !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) { 1789 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 1790 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_static_non_static) << New; 1791 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); 1792 } else { 1793 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New; 1794 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); 1795 return true; 1796 } 1797 } 1798 1799 // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is 1800 // later declared or defined without one, the second decl assumes the 1801 // calling convention of the first. 1802 // 1803 // For the new decl, we have to look at the NON-canonical type to tell the 1804 // difference between a function that really doesn't have a calling 1805 // convention and one that is declared cdecl. That's because in 1806 // canonicalization (see ASTContext.cpp), cdecl is canonicalized away 1807 // because it is the default calling convention. 1808 // 1809 // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have 1810 // other tests to run. 1811 const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); 1812 const FunctionType *NewType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 1813 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 1814 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 1815 bool RequiresAdjustment = false; 1816 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != CC_Default && 1817 NewTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) { 1818 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 1819 RequiresAdjustment = true; 1820 } else if (!Context.isSameCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC(), 1821 NewTypeInfo.getCC())) { 1822 // Calling conventions really aren't compatible, so complain. 1823 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change) 1824 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 1825 << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) 1826 << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default ? "" : 1827 FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC())); 1828 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1829 return true; 1830 } 1831 1832 // FIXME: diagnose the other way around? 1833 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 1834 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true); 1835 RequiresAdjustment = true; 1836 } 1837 1838 // Merge regparm attribute. 1839 if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() || 1840 OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) { 1841 if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) { 1842 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch) 1843 << NewType->getRegParmType() 1844 << OldType->getRegParmType(); 1845 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1846 return true; 1847 } 1848 1849 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm()); 1850 RequiresAdjustment = true; 1851 } 1852 1853 // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute. 1854 if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 1855 if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 1856 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch); 1857 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1858 return true; 1859 } 1860 1861 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true); 1862 RequiresAdjustment = true; 1863 } 1864 1865 if (RequiresAdjustment) { 1866 NewType = Context.adjustFunctionType(NewType, NewTypeInfo); 1867 New->setType(QualType(NewType, 0)); 1868 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 1869 } 1870 1871 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1872 // (C++98 13.1p2): 1873 // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: 1874 // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type 1875 // cannot be overloaded. 1876 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getResultType(); 1877 QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getResultType(); 1878 QualType ResQT; 1879 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { 1880 if (NewReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() 1881 && OldReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 1882 ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType); 1883 if (ResQT.isNull()) { 1884 if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine()) 1885 Diag(New->getLocation(), 1886 diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) << New; 1887 else 1888 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type); 1889 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 1890 return true; 1891 } 1892 else 1893 NewQType = ResQT; 1894 } 1895 1896 const CXXMethodDecl* OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); 1897 CXXMethodDecl* NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); 1898 if (OldMethod && NewMethod) { 1899 // Preserve triviality. 1900 NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial()); 1901 1902 // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope: 1903 // 2 CXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected. 1904 // We don't want a redeclartion error. 1905 bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = 1906 OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 1907 NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization(); 1908 bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind(); 1909 1910 if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 1911 !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 1912 // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the 1913 // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them 1914 // is a static member function declaration. 1915 if (OldMethod->isStatic() || NewMethod->isStatic()) { 1916 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); 1917 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 1918 return true; 1919 } 1920 1921 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 1922 // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the 1923 // member-specification, except that a nested class or member 1924 // class template can be declared and then later defined. 1925 unsigned NewDiag; 1926 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) 1927 NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; 1928 else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) 1929 NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; 1930 else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) 1931 NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; 1932 else 1933 NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; 1934 1935 Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); 1936 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 1937 1938 // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special 1939 // member that was initially declared implicitly. 1940 // 1941 // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order 1942 // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls. 1943 } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) { 1944 if (isFriend) { 1945 NewMethod->setImplicit(); 1946 } else { 1947 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 1948 diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member) 1949 << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 1950 return true; 1951 } 1952 } else if (OldMethod->isExplicitlyDefaulted()) { 1953 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 1954 diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member) 1955 << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 1956 return true; 1957 } 1958 } 1959 1960 // (C++98 8.3.5p3): 1961 // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the 1962 // return type and the parameter-type-list. 1963 // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn. 1964 1965 // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it. 1966 QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType; 1967 if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 1968 assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0)); 1969 const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison 1970 = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true)); 1971 OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0); 1972 assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical()); 1973 } 1974 1975 if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType) 1976 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S); 1977 1978 // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. 1979 } 1980 1981 // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles 1982 // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. 1983 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 1984 Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { 1985 const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 1986 const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 1987 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = 0; 1988 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && 1989 (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { 1990 // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the 1991 // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. 1992 assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C"); 1993 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->arg_type_begin(), 1994 OldProto->arg_type_end()); 1995 NewQType = Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getResultType(), 1996 ParamTypes.data(), ParamTypes.size(), 1997 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()); 1998 New->setType(NewQType); 1999 New->setHasInheritedPrototype(); 2000 2001 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 2002 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 2003 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator 2004 ParamType = OldProto->arg_type_begin(), 2005 ParamEnd = OldProto->arg_type_end(); 2006 ParamType != ParamEnd; ++ParamType) { 2007 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, 2008 SourceLocation(), 2009 SourceLocation(), 0, 2010 *ParamType, /*TInfo=*/0, 2011 SC_None, SC_None, 2012 0); 2013 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 2014 Param->setImplicit(); 2015 Params.push_back(Param); 2016 } 2017 2018 New->setParams(Params); 2019 } 2020 2021 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S); 2022 } 2023 2024 // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration 2025 // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition 2026 // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the 2027 // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ 2028 // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from 2029 // the prototype. 2030 // 2031 // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition, 2032 // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but 2033 // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and 2034 // C99 6.9.1p8. 2035 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2036 Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && 2037 New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() && 2038 Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { 2039 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; 2040 SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; 2041 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto 2042 = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 2043 const FunctionProtoType *NewProto 2044 = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 2045 2046 // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. 2047 QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getResultType(), 2048 NewProto->getResultType()); 2049 bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull(); 2050 for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); 2051 LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { 2052 ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); 2053 ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); 2054 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 2055 NewProto->getArgType(Idx))) { 2056 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 2057 } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 2058 NewParm->getType(), 2059 /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) { 2060 GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn 2061 = { OldParm, NewParm, NewProto->getArgType(Idx) }; 2062 Warnings.push_back(Warn); 2063 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 2064 } else 2065 LooseCompatible = false; 2066 } 2067 2068 if (LooseCompatible) { 2069 for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { 2070 Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), 2071 diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) 2072 << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType 2073 << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); 2074 if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid()) 2075 Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), 2076 diag::note_previous_declaration); 2077 } 2078 2079 New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, &ArgTypes[0], 2080 ArgTypes.size(), 2081 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo())); 2082 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S); 2083 } 2084 2085 // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. 2086 } 2087 2088 // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or defined 2089 // with a different type- show appropriate diagnostic 2090 if (unsigned BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID()) { 2091 // The user has declared a builtin function with an incompatible 2092 // signature. 2093 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 2094 // The function the user is redeclaring is a library-defined 2095 // function like 'malloc' or 'printf'. Warn about the 2096 // redeclaration, then pretend that we don't know about this 2097 // library built-in. 2098 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; 2099 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 2100 << Old << Old->getType(); 2101 New->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin); 2102 Old->setInvalidDecl(); 2103 return false; 2104 } 2105 2106 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; 2107 } 2108 2109 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); 2110 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2111 return true; 2112} 2113 2114/// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are 2115/// known to be compatible. 2116/// 2117/// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other 2118/// properties of function declarations form the old declaration to 2119/// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a 2120/// redeclaration of Old. 2121/// 2122/// \returns false 2123bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 2124 Scope *S) { 2125 // Merge the attributes 2126 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 2127 2128 // Merge the storage class. 2129 if (Old->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && 2130 Old->getStorageClass() != SC_None) 2131 New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass()); 2132 2133 // Merge "pure" flag. 2134 if (Old->isPure()) 2135 New->setPure(); 2136 2137 // Merge attributes from the parameters. These can mismatch with K&R 2138 // declarations. 2139 if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams()) 2140 for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) 2141 mergeParamDeclAttributes(New->getParamDecl(i), Old->getParamDecl(i), 2142 Context); 2143 2144 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 2145 return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S); 2146 2147 return false; 2148} 2149 2150 2151void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod, 2152 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) { 2153 // We don't want to merge unavailable and deprecated attributes 2154 // except from interface to implementation. 2155 bool mergeDeprecation = isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()); 2156 2157 // Merge the attributes. 2158 mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, mergeDeprecation); 2159 2160 // Merge attributes from the parameters. 2161 ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(); 2162 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator 2163 ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end(); 2164 ni != ne; ++ni, ++oi) 2165 mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, Context); 2166 2167 CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod, true); 2168} 2169 2170/// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and 2171/// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to merge their types, 2172/// emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2173/// 2174/// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back 2175/// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer 2176/// is attached. 2177void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old) { 2178 if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl()) 2179 return; 2180 2181 QualType MergedT; 2182 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2183 AutoType *AT = New->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 2184 if (AT && !AT->isDeduced()) { 2185 // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached. 2186 return; 2187 } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) { 2188 // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked. 2189 return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old); 2190 } 2191 // C++ [basic.link]p10: 2192 // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given 2193 // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an 2194 // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or 2195 // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4). 2196 else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() && 2197 New->getType()->isArrayType()) { 2198 CanQual<ArrayType> OldArray 2199 = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 2200 CanQual<ArrayType> NewArray 2201 = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 2202 if (OldArray->getElementType() == NewArray->getElementType()) 2203 MergedT = New->getType(); 2204 } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && 2205 New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 2206 CanQual<ArrayType> OldArray 2207 = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 2208 CanQual<ArrayType> NewArray 2209 = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 2210 if (OldArray->getElementType() == NewArray->getElementType()) 2211 MergedT = Old->getType(); 2212 } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() 2213 && Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 2214 MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(), 2215 Old->getType()); 2216 } 2217 } else { 2218 MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 2219 } 2220 if (MergedT.isNull()) { 2221 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type) 2222 << New->getDeclName(); 2223 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2224 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2225 } 2226 New->setType(MergedT); 2227} 2228 2229/// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name 2230/// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this 2231/// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2232/// 2233/// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by 2234/// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative 2235/// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. 2236/// 2237void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) { 2238 // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking. 2239 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 2240 return; 2241 2242 // Verify the old decl was also a variable. 2243 VarDecl *Old = 0; 2244 if (!Previous.isSingleResult() || 2245 !(Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()))) { 2246 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2247 << New->getDeclName(); 2248 Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(), 2249 diag::note_previous_definition); 2250 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2251 } 2252 2253 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 2254 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...] 2255 // 2256 // Here, we need only consider static data members. 2257 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) { 2258 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) 2259 << New->getIdentifier(); 2260 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2261 New->setInvalidDecl(); 2262 } 2263 2264 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 2265 // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent 2266 // declaration 2267 if (New->getAttr<WeakImportAttr>() && 2268 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None && 2269 !Old->getAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) { 2270 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName(); 2271 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2272 // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration. 2273 New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>(); 2274 } 2275 2276 // Merge the types. 2277 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old); 2278 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 2279 return; 2280 2281 // C99 6.2.2p4: Check if we have a static decl followed by a non-static. 2282 if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 2283 (Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None || Old->hasExternalStorage())) { 2284 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New->getDeclName(); 2285 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2286 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2287 } 2288 // C99 6.2.2p4: 2289 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier 2290 // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that 2291 // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies 2292 // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at 2293 // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at 2294 // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or 2295 // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the 2296 // identifier has external linkage. 2297 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) 2298 /* Okay */; 2299 else if (New->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 2300 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 2301 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); 2302 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2303 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2304 } 2305 2306 // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa. 2307 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 2308 !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDecl()) { 2309 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 2310 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2311 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2312 } 2313 if (Old->hasExternalStorage() && 2314 !New->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDecl()) { 2315 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 2316 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2317 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2318 } 2319 2320 // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. 2321 2322 // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still 2323 // need to check for mismatches. 2324 if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && 2325 // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. 2326 !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 2327 !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 2328 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); 2329 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2330 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2331 } 2332 2333 if (New->isThreadSpecified() && !Old->isThreadSpecified()) { 2334 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 2335 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2336 } else if (!New->isThreadSpecified() && Old->isThreadSpecified()) { 2337 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 2338 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2339 } 2340 2341 // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here. 2342 const VarDecl *Def; 2343 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2344 New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition && 2345 (Def = Old->getDefinition())) { 2346 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 2347 << New->getDeclName(); 2348 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2349 New->setInvalidDecl(); 2350 return; 2351 } 2352 // c99 6.2.2 P4. 2353 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier extern in a 2354 // scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is visible, if 2355 // the prior declaration specifies internal or external linkage, the linkage 2356 // of the identifier at the later declaration is the same as the linkage 2357 // specified at the prior declaration. 2358 // FIXME. revisit this code. 2359 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 2360 Old->getLinkage() == InternalLinkage && 2361 New->getDeclContext() == Old->getDeclContext()) 2362 New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass()); 2363 2364 // Keep a chain of previous declarations. 2365 New->setPreviousDeclaration(Old); 2366 2367 // Inherit access appropriately. 2368 New->setAccess(Old->getAccess()); 2369} 2370 2371/// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 2372/// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. 2373Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 2374 DeclSpec &DS) { 2375 return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, 2376 MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this, 0, 0)); 2377} 2378 2379/// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 2380/// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accopts template 2381/// parameters to cope with template friend declarations. 2382Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 2383 DeclSpec &DS, 2384 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams) { 2385 Decl *TagD = 0; 2386 TagDecl *Tag = 0; 2387 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || 2388 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 2389 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || 2390 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 2391 TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl(); 2392 2393 if (!TagD) // We probably had an error 2394 return 0; 2395 2396 // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the 2397 // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others 2398 // it's a Type. 2399 if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD)) 2400 Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 2401 else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD)) 2402 Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 2403 } 2404 2405 if (Tag) { 2406 Tag->setFreeStanding(); 2407 if (Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 2408 return Tag; 2409 } 2410 2411 if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 2412 // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object 2413 // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified." 2414 if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 2415 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 2416 diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg) 2417 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2418 } 2419 2420 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) { 2421 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations 2422 // and definitions of functions and variables. 2423 if (Tag) 2424 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag) 2425 << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : 2426 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : 2427 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 2 : 3); 2428 else 2429 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators); 2430 // Don't emit warnings after this error. 2431 return TagD; 2432 } 2433 2434 if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) { 2435 // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that 2436 // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect. 2437 if (TagD && !Tag) 2438 return 0; 2439 return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams); 2440 } 2441 2442 // Track whether we warned about the fact that there aren't any 2443 // declarators. 2444 bool emittedWarning = false; 2445 2446 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { 2447 if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() && 2448 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 2449 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 2450 Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 2451 return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record); 2452 2453 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 2454 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2455 emittedWarning = true; 2456 } 2457 } 2458 2459 // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct. 2460 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2461 CurContext->isRecord() && 2462 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 2463 // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct: 2464 // struct STRUCT; 2465 // and 2466 // STRUCT_TYPE; <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct. 2467 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag); 2468 if ((Record && Record->getDeclName() && !Record->isCompleteDefinition()) || 2469 (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename && 2470 DS.getRepAsType().get()->isStructureType())) { 2471 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_struct) 2472 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2473 return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record); 2474 } 2475 } 2476 2477 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2478 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 2479 if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag)) 2480 if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() && 2481 !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) { 2482 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 2483 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2484 emittedWarning = true; 2485 } 2486 2487 // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error. 2488 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error) return TagD; 2489 2490 if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) { 2491 // Warn about typedefs of enums without names, since this is an 2492 // extension in both Microsoft and GNU. 2493 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 2494 Tag && isa<EnumDecl>(Tag)) { 2495 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) 2496 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2497 return Tag; 2498 } 2499 2500 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 2501 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2502 emittedWarning = true; 2503 } 2504 2505 // We're going to complain about a bunch of spurious specifiers; 2506 // only do this if we're declaring a tag, because otherwise we 2507 // should be getting diag::ext_no_declarators. 2508 if (emittedWarning || (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl())) 2509 return TagD; 2510 2511 // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but 2512 // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically 2513 // useless. 2514 if (DeclSpec::SCS scs = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) 2515 if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec()) 2516 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) 2517 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(scs); 2518 2519 if (DS.isThreadSpecified()) 2520 Diag(DS.getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "__thread"; 2521 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 2522 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 2523 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "const"; 2524 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 2525 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "volatile"; 2526 // Restrict is covered above. 2527 } 2528 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 2529 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "inline"; 2530 if (DS.isVirtualSpecified()) 2531 Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "virtual"; 2532 if (DS.isExplicitSpecified()) 2533 Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) <<"explicit"; 2534 2535 if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() && 2536 Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 2537 Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class) 2538 << Tag->getTagKind() 2539 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 2540 2541 // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example: 2542 // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A; 2543 // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration. 2544 if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) { 2545 DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType(); 2546 if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class || 2547 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 2548 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union || 2549 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 2550 AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList(); 2551 while (attrs) { 2552 Diag(attrs->getScopeLoc(), 2553 diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored) 2554 << attrs->getName() 2555 << (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : 2556 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : 2557 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 2 : 3); 2558 attrs = attrs->getNext(); 2559 } 2560 } 2561 } 2562 2563 return TagD; 2564} 2565 2566/// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope; 2567/// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded. 2568/// 2569/// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration 2570static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, 2571 Scope *S, 2572 DeclContext *Owner, 2573 DeclarationName Name, 2574 SourceLocation NameLoc, 2575 unsigned diagnostic) { 2576 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName, 2577 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 2578 if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false; 2579 2580 if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 2581 return false; 2582 2583 // Pick a representative declaration. 2584 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 2585 assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl"); 2586 2587 if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S)) 2588 return false; 2589 2590 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name; 2591 SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2592 2593 return true; 2594} 2595 2596/// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the 2597/// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner 2598/// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize 2599/// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or 2600/// struct, e.g., 2601/// 2602/// @code 2603/// union { 2604/// int i; 2605/// float f; 2606/// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and 2607/// // f into the surrounding scope.x 2608/// @endcode 2609/// 2610/// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous 2611/// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. 2612static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, 2613 DeclContext *Owner, 2614 RecordDecl *AnonRecord, 2615 AccessSpecifier AS, 2616 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> &Chaining, 2617 bool MSAnonStruct) { 2618 unsigned diagKind 2619 = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl 2620 : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl; 2621 2622 bool Invalid = false; 2623 2624 // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name. 2625 for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator D = AnonRecord->decls_begin(), 2626 DEnd = AnonRecord->decls_end(); 2627 D != DEnd; ++D) { 2628 if ((isa<FieldDecl>(*D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(*D)) && 2629 cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName()) { 2630 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(*D); 2631 if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(), 2632 VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) { 2633 // C++ [class.union]p2: 2634 // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be 2635 // distinct from the names of any other entity in the 2636 // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. 2637 Invalid = true; 2638 } else { 2639 // C++ [class.union]p2: 2640 // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union 2641 // definition, the members of the anonymous union are 2642 // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the 2643 // anonymous union is declared. 2644 unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size(); 2645 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) 2646 for (IndirectFieldDecl::chain_iterator PI = IF->chain_begin(), 2647 PE = IF->chain_end(); PI != PE; ++PI) 2648 Chaining.push_back(*PI); 2649 else 2650 Chaining.push_back(VD); 2651 2652 assert(Chaining.size() >= 2); 2653 NamedDecl **NamedChain = 2654 new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()]; 2655 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++) 2656 NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i]; 2657 2658 IndirectFieldDecl* IndirectField = 2659 IndirectFieldDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), 2660 VD->getIdentifier(), VD->getType(), 2661 NamedChain, Chaining.size()); 2662 2663 IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 2664 IndirectField->setImplicit(); 2665 SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S); 2666 2667 // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier. 2668 if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 2669 2670 Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize); 2671 } 2672 } 2673 } 2674 2675 return Invalid; 2676} 2677 2678/// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 2679/// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 2680/// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 2681static StorageClass 2682StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec) { 2683 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 2684 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 2685 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern; 2686 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 2687 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return SC_Auto; 2688 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return SC_Register; 2689 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 2690 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 2691 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 2692 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 2693 } 2694 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 2695} 2696 2697/// StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 2698/// a StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 2699/// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 2700static StorageClass 2701StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec) { 2702 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 2703 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 2704 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern; 2705 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 2706 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 2707 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 2708 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: // Fall through. 2709 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 2710 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: // Fall through. 2711 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 2712 } 2713 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 2714} 2715 2716/// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an 2717/// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature 2718/// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures 2719/// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension. 2720Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 2721 AccessSpecifier AS, 2722 RecordDecl *Record) { 2723 DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); 2724 2725 // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. 2726 if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11) 2727 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); 2728 else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 2729 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct); 2730 else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11) 2731 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct); 2732 2733 // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous 2734 // structs/unions. 2735 bool Invalid = false; 2736 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2737 const char* PrevSpec = 0; 2738 unsigned DiagID; 2739 if (Record->isUnion()) { 2740 // C++ [class.union]p6: 2741 // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the 2742 // global namespace shall be declared static. 2743 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && 2744 (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) || 2745 (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) && 2746 cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) { 2747 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static) 2748 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static "); 2749 2750 // Recover by adding 'static'. 2751 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), 2752 PrevSpec, DiagID); 2753 } 2754 // C++ [class.union]p6: 2755 // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an 2756 // anonymous union in a class scope. 2757 else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 2758 isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 2759 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 2760 diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec) 2761 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 2762 2763 // Recover by removing the storage specifier. 2764 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, 2765 SourceLocation(), 2766 PrevSpec, DiagID); 2767 } 2768 } 2769 2770 // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers. 2771 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 2772 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 2773 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 2774 << Record->isUnion() << 0 2775 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc()); 2776 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 2777 Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(), 2778 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 2779 << Record->isUnion() << 1 2780 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc()); 2781 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 2782 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 2783 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 2784 << Record->isUnion() << 2 2785 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc()); 2786 2787 DS.ClearTypeQualifiers(); 2788 } 2789 2790 // C++ [class.union]p2: 2791 // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only 2792 // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and 2793 // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] 2794 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator Mem = Record->decls_begin(), 2795 MemEnd = Record->decls_end(); 2796 Mem != MemEnd; ++Mem) { 2797 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(*Mem)) { 2798 // C++ [class.union]p3: 2799 // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected 2800 // members (clause 11). 2801 assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none); 2802 if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) { 2803 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) 2804 << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); 2805 Invalid = true; 2806 } 2807 2808 // C++ [class.union]p1 2809 // An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial 2810 // copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy 2811 // assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an 2812 // array of such objects. 2813 if (CheckNontrivialField(FD)) 2814 Invalid = true; 2815 } else if ((*Mem)->isImplicit()) { 2816 // Any implicit members are fine. 2817 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(*Mem) && (*Mem)->getDeclContext() != Record) { 2818 // This is a type that showed up in an 2819 // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or 2820 // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the 2821 // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. 2822 } else if (RecordDecl *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(*Mem)) { 2823 if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && 2824 MemRecord->getDeclName()) { 2825 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 2826 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 2827 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 2828 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 2829 else { 2830 // This is a nested type declaration. 2831 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 2832 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 2833 Invalid = true; 2834 } 2835 } 2836 } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(*Mem)) { 2837 // Any access specifier is fine. 2838 } else { 2839 // We have something that isn't a non-static data 2840 // member. Complain about it. 2841 unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; 2842 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Mem)) 2843 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; 2844 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(*Mem)) 2845 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; 2846 else if (isa<VarDecl>(*Mem)) 2847 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; 2848 2849 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 2850 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && 2851 DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 2852 Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 2853 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 2854 else { 2855 Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), DK) 2856 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 2857 Invalid = true; 2858 } 2859 } 2860 } 2861 } 2862 2863 if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { 2864 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) 2865 << (int)getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 2866 Invalid = true; 2867 } 2868 2869 // Mock up a declarator. 2870 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext); 2871 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 2872 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union"); 2873 2874 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. 2875 NamedDecl *Anon = 0; 2876 if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 2877 Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass, 2878 DS.getLocStart(), 2879 Record->getLocation(), 2880 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 2881 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 2882 TInfo, 2883 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false, 2884 /*HasInit=*/false); 2885 Anon->setAccess(AS); 2886 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 2887 FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); 2888 } else { 2889 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 2890 assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 2891 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 2892 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 2893 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 2894 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 2895 // an error here 2896 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 2897 Invalid = true; 2898 SC = SC_None; 2899 } 2900 SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 2901 VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 2902 = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 2903 2904 Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, 2905 DS.getLocStart(), 2906 Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 2907 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 2908 TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 2909 2910 // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be 2911 // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class 2912 // initializer: 2913 // union { int n = 0; }; 2914 ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon, /*TypeMayContainAuto=*/false); 2915 } 2916 Anon->setImplicit(); 2917 2918 // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current 2919 // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of 2920 // its members. 2921 Owner->addDecl(Anon); 2922 2923 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning 2924 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 2925 // purposes. 2926 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 2927 Chain.push_back(Anon); 2928 2929 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, 2930 Chain, false)) 2931 Invalid = true; 2932 2933 // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. Note that we do not 2934 // do this until after we have already checked and injected the 2935 // members of this anonymous struct/union type, because otherwise 2936 // the members could be injected twice: once by DeclContext when it 2937 // builds its lookup table, and once by 2938 // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers. 2939 Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); 2940 2941 if (Invalid) 2942 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 2943 2944 return Anon; 2945} 2946 2947/// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an 2948/// Microsoft C anonymous structure. 2949/// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx 2950/// Example: 2951/// 2952/// struct A { int a; }; 2953/// struct B { struct A; int b; }; 2954/// 2955/// void foo() { 2956/// B var; 2957/// var.a = 3; 2958/// } 2959/// 2960Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 2961 RecordDecl *Record) { 2962 2963 // If there is no Record, get the record via the typedef. 2964 if (!Record) 2965 Record = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()->getDecl(); 2966 2967 // Mock up a declarator. 2968 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 2969 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 2970 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct"); 2971 2972 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct. 2973 NamedDecl* Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, 2974 cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext), 2975 DS.getLocStart(), 2976 DS.getLocStart(), 2977 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 2978 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 2979 TInfo, 2980 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false, 2981 /*HasInit=*/false); 2982 Anon->setImplicit(); 2983 2984 // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context. 2985 CurContext->addDecl(Anon); 2986 2987 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current 2988 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 2989 // purposes. 2990 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 2991 Chain.push_back(Anon); 2992 2993 RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition(); 2994 if (!RecordDef || InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, 2995 RecordDef, AS_none, 2996 Chain, true)) 2997 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 2998 2999 return Anon; 3000} 3001 3002/// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the 3003/// given Declarator. 3004DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { 3005 return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName()); 3006} 3007 3008/// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id. 3009DeclarationNameInfo 3010Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 3011 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; 3012 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3013 3014 switch (Name.getKind()) { 3015 3016 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam: 3017 case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier: 3018 NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier); 3019 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3020 return NameInfo; 3021 3022 case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 3023 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 3024 Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator)); 3025 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3026 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc 3027 = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0]; 3028 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc 3029 = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding(); 3030 return NameInfo; 3031 3032 case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 3033 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName( 3034 Name.Identifier)); 3035 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3036 NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation); 3037 return NameInfo; 3038 3039 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: { 3040 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 3041 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo); 3042 if (Ty.isNull()) 3043 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3044 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( 3045 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 3046 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3047 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 3048 return NameInfo; 3049 } 3050 3051 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: { 3052 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 3053 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo); 3054 if (Ty.isNull()) 3055 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3056 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 3057 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 3058 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3059 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 3060 return NameInfo; 3061 } 3062 3063 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: { 3064 // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor 3065 // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there 3066 // to find the actual type being constructed. 3067 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 3068 if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name) 3069 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3070 3071 // Determine the type of the class being constructed. 3072 QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass); 3073 3074 // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as 3075 // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name 3076 // was qualified. 3077 3078 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 3079 Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType))); 3080 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3081 // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo? 3082 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(0); 3083 return NameInfo; 3084 } 3085 3086 case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: { 3087 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 3088 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo); 3089 if (Ty.isNull()) 3090 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3091 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 3092 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 3093 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3094 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 3095 return NameInfo; 3096 } 3097 3098 case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: { 3099 TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get(); 3100 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; 3101 return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); 3102 } 3103 3104 } // switch (Name.getKind()) 3105 3106 llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind"); 3107} 3108 3109static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) { 3110 do { 3111 if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType()) 3112 Ty = Ty->getPointeeType(); 3113 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) 3114 Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType(); 3115 else 3116 return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers(); 3117 } while (true); 3118} 3119 3120/// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration 3121/// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is 3122/// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function 3123/// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace. 3124/// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ 3125/// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters 3126/// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match. 3127static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context, 3128 FunctionDecl *Declaration, 3129 FunctionDecl *Definition, 3130 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) { 3131 Params.clear(); 3132 if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) 3133 return false; 3134 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { 3135 QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 3136 QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 3137 3138 // The parameter types are identical 3139 if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy)) 3140 continue; 3141 3142 QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy); 3143 QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy); 3144 const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 3145 const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 3146 3147 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) || 3148 (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName)) 3149 Params.push_back(Idx); 3150 else // The two parameters aren't even close 3151 return false; 3152 } 3153 3154 return true; 3155} 3156 3157/// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given 3158/// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation. 3159/// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for 3160/// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec 3161/// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks. 3162static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D, 3163 DeclarationName Name) { 3164 // The types we specifically need to rebuild are: 3165 // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes 3166 // - types which will become injected class names 3167 // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a 3168 // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a 3169 // few cases here. 3170 3171 DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec(); 3172 switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) { 3173 case DeclSpec::TST_typename: 3174 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType: 3175 case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: 3176 case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType: 3177 case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: { 3178 // Grab the type from the parser. 3179 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = 0; 3180 QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI); 3181 if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break; 3182 3183 // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much 3184 // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info 3185 // attached already. 3186 if (!TSI) 3187 TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 3188 3189 // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation. 3190 TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name); 3191 if (!TSI) return true; 3192 3193 // Store the new type back in the decl spec. 3194 ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI); 3195 DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType); 3196 break; 3197 } 3198 3199 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: { 3200 Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 3201 ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E); 3202 if (Result.isInvalid()) return true; 3203 DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get()); 3204 break; 3205 } 3206 3207 default: 3208 // Nothing to do for these decl specs. 3209 break; 3210 } 3211 3212 // It doesn't matter what order we do this in. 3213 for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 3214 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I); 3215 3216 // The only type information in the declarator which can come 3217 // before the declaration name is the base type of a member 3218 // pointer. 3219 if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer) 3220 continue; 3221 3222 // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place. 3223 CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope(); 3224 if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS)) 3225 return true; 3226 } 3227 3228 return false; 3229} 3230 3231Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 3232 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration); 3233 Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this)); 3234 3235 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() && 3236 Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 3237 Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 3238 3239 return Dcl; 3240} 3241 3242/// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13: 3243/// If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 3244/// name different from T: 3245/// - every static data member of class T; 3246/// - every member function of class T 3247/// - every member of class T that is itself a type; 3248/// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules. 3249bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, 3250 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) { 3251 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 3252 3253 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 3254 if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) { 3255 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name; 3256 return true; 3257 } 3258 3259 return false; 3260} 3261 3262/// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given 3263/// nested-name-specifier. 3264/// 3265/// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 3266/// 3267/// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier 3268/// resolves. 3269/// 3270/// \param Name The name of the entity being declared. 3271/// 3272/// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared. 3273/// 3274/// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise. 3275bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 3276 DeclarationName Name, 3277 SourceLocation Loc) { 3278 DeclContext *Cur = CurContext; 3279 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur)) 3280 Cur = Cur->getParent(); 3281 3282 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 3283 // A declarator-id shall not be qualified except for the definition 3284 // of a member function (9.3) or static data member (9.4) outside of 3285 // its class, the definition or explicit instantiation of a function 3286 // or variable member of a namespace outside of its namespace, or the 3287 // definition of an explicit specialization outside of its namespace, 3288 // or the declaration of a friend function that is a member of 3289 // another class or namespace (11.3). [...] 3290 3291 // The user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the 3292 // class or namespaces in which the entity is already declared. 3293 // 3294 // class X { 3295 // void X::f(); 3296 // }; 3297 if (Cur->Equals(DC)) { 3298 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_member_extra_qualification) 3299 << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange()); 3300 SS.clear(); 3301 return false; 3302 } 3303 3304 // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original 3305 // declaration. 3306 if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) { 3307 if (Cur->isRecord()) 3308 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 3309 << Name << SS.getRange(); 3310 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 3311 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) 3312 << Name << SS.getRange(); 3313 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur)) 3314 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) 3315 << Name << SS.getRange(); 3316 else 3317 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) 3318 << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange(); 3319 3320 return true; 3321 } 3322 3323 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 3324 // Cannot qualify members within a class. 3325 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 3326 << Name << SS.getRange(); 3327 SS.clear(); 3328 3329 // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break 3330 // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If 3331 // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely. 3332 if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName || 3333 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) && 3334 !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(), 3335 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur)))) 3336 return true; 3337 3338 return false; 3339 } 3340 3341 // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1: 3342 // [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall 3343 // not begin with a decltype-specifer" 3344 NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data()); 3345 while (SpecLoc.getPrefix()) 3346 SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix(); 3347 if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>( 3348 SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType())) 3349 Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator) 3350 << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); 3351 3352 return false; 3353} 3354 3355Decl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 3356 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) { 3357 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 3358 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 3359 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 3360 3361 // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have 3362 // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. 3363 if (!Name) { 3364 if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. 3365 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 3366 diag::err_declarator_need_ident) 3367 << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); 3368 return 0; 3369 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType)) 3370 return 0; 3371 3372 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 3373 // we find one that is. 3374 while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || 3375 (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) 3376 S = S->getParent(); 3377 3378 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 3379 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) 3380 D.setInvalidType(); 3381 else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3382 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 3383 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier)) 3384 return 0; 3385 3386 bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 3387 DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext); 3388 if (!DC) { 3389 // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the 3390 // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class, 3391 // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain 3392 // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster. 3393 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3394 diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match) 3395 << (NestedNameSpecifier*)D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep() 3396 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3397 return 0; 3398 } 3399 bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext(); 3400 3401 if (!IsDependentContext && 3402 RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC)) 3403 return 0; 3404 3405 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) { 3406 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3407 diag::err_member_def_undefined_record) 3408 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3409 D.setInvalidType(); 3410 } else if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 3411 if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC, 3412 Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) { 3413 if (DC->isRecord()) 3414 return 0; 3415 3416 D.setInvalidType(); 3417 } 3418 } 3419 3420 // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given 3421 // declaration in the current instantiation. 3422 if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext && 3423 TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) { 3424 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 3425 if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name)) 3426 D.setInvalidType(); 3427 } 3428 } 3429 3430 if (DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo)) 3431 // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics. 3432 // Just return early; it's safer. 3433 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3434 return 0; 3435 3436 NamedDecl *New; 3437 3438 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 3439 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 3440 3441 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 3442 UPPC_DeclarationType)) 3443 D.setInvalidType(); 3444 3445 LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, 3446 ForRedeclaration); 3447 3448 // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. 3449 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3450 bool IsLinkageLookup = false; 3451 3452 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function 3453 // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with 3454 // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). 3455 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3456 /* Do nothing*/; 3457 else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 3458 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || 3459 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 3460 IsLinkageLookup = true; 3461 } else if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern) 3462 IsLinkageLookup = true; 3463 else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 3464 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 3465 IsLinkageLookup = true; 3466 3467 if (IsLinkageLookup) 3468 Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage); 3469 3470 LookupName(Previous, S, /* CreateBuiltins = */ IsLinkageLookup); 3471 } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" 3472 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 3473 3474 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 3475 // When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a 3476 // previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the 3477 // qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the 3478 // inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization 3479 // thereof; [...] 3480 // 3481 // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have 3482 // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration 3483 // we want to match. For example, given: 3484 // 3485 // class X { 3486 // void f(); 3487 // void f(float); 3488 // }; 3489 // 3490 // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed 3491 // 3492 // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set 3493 // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them 3494 // matches. 3495 3496 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 3497 // [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a 3498 // using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by 3499 // the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 3500 RemoveUsingDecls(Previous); 3501 } 3502 3503 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 3504 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 3505 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 3506 if (!D.isInvalidType()) 3507 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3508 Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3509 3510 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 3511 Previous.clear(); 3512 } 3513 3514 // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type 3515 // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the 3516 // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a 3517 // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4). 3518 if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() && 3519 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3520 Previous.clear(); 3521 3522 bool AddToScope = true; 3523 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 3524 if (TemplateParamLists.size()) { 3525 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef); 3526 return 0; 3527 } 3528 3529 New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous); 3530 } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 3531 New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, 3532 move(TemplateParamLists), 3533 AddToScope); 3534 } else { 3535 New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, 3536 move(TemplateParamLists)); 3537 } 3538 3539 if (New == 0) 3540 return 0; 3541 3542 // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or 3543 // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack. 3544 if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope && 3545 !(D.isRedeclaration() && New->isInvalidDecl())) 3546 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 3547 3548 return New; 3549} 3550 3551/// TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType - Helper method to turn variable array 3552/// types into constant array types in certain situations which would otherwise 3553/// be errors (for GCC compatibility). 3554static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, 3555 ASTContext &Context, 3556 bool &SizeIsNegative, 3557 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 3558 // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant 3559 // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary 3560 // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy 3561 // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} 3562 SizeIsNegative = false; 3563 Oversized = 0; 3564 3565 if (T->isDependentType()) 3566 return QualType(); 3567 3568 QualifierCollector Qs; 3569 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T); 3570 3571 if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) { 3572 QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); 3573 QualType FixedType = 3574 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative, 3575 Oversized); 3576 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 3577 FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); 3578 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 3579 } 3580 if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) { 3581 QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType(); 3582 QualType FixedType = 3583 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative, 3584 Oversized); 3585 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 3586 FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType); 3587 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 3588 } 3589 3590 const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); 3591 if (!VLATy) 3592 return QualType(); 3593 // FIXME: We should probably handle this case 3594 if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 3595 return QualType(); 3596 3597 llvm::APSInt Res; 3598 if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || 3599 !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context)) 3600 return QualType(); 3601 3602 // Check whether the array size is negative. 3603 if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) { 3604 SizeIsNegative = true; 3605 return QualType(); 3606 } 3607 3608 // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed. 3609 unsigned ActiveSizeBits 3610 = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(), 3611 Res); 3612 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 3613 Oversized = Res; 3614 return QualType(); 3615 } 3616 3617 return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(), 3618 Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 3619} 3620 3621/// \brief Register the given locally-scoped external C declaration so 3622/// that it can be found later for redeclarations 3623void 3624Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, 3625 const LookupResult &Previous, 3626 Scope *S) { 3627 assert(ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && 3628 "Decl is not a locally-scoped decl!"); 3629 // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. 3630 LocallyScopedExternalDecls[ND->getDeclName()] = ND; 3631 3632 if (!Previous.isSingleResult()) 3633 return; 3634 3635 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 3636 3637 // If there was a previous declaration of this variable, it may be 3638 // in our identifier chain. Update the identifier chain with the new 3639 // declaration. 3640 if (S && IdResolver.ReplaceDecl(PrevDecl, ND)) { 3641 // The previous declaration was found on the identifer resolver 3642 // chain, so remove it from its scope. 3643 3644 if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 3645 // Special case for redeclarations in the SAME scope. 3646 // Because this declaration is going to be added to the identifier chain 3647 // later, we should temporarily take it OFF the chain. 3648 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(ND); 3649 3650 } else { 3651 // Find the scope for the original declaration. 3652 while (S && !S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) 3653 S = S->getParent(); 3654 } 3655 3656 if (S) 3657 S->RemoveDecl(PrevDecl); 3658 } 3659} 3660 3661llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator 3662Sema::findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(DeclarationName Name) { 3663 if (ExternalSource) { 3664 // Load locally-scoped external decls from the external source. 3665 SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> Decls; 3666 ExternalSource->ReadLocallyScopedExternalDecls(Decls); 3667 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Decls.size(); I != N; ++I) { 3668 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 3669 = LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(Decls[I]->getDeclName()); 3670 if (Pos == LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) 3671 LocallyScopedExternalDecls[Decls[I]->getDeclName()] = Decls[I]; 3672 } 3673 } 3674 3675 return LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(Name); 3676} 3677 3678/// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that 3679/// does not identify a function. 3680void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(Declarator& D) { 3681 // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid 3682 // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;" 3683 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) 3684 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 3685 diag::err_inline_non_function); 3686 3687 if (D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified()) 3688 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 3689 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 3690 3691 if (D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified()) 3692 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 3693 diag::err_explicit_non_function); 3694} 3695 3696NamedDecl* 3697Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 3698 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) { 3699 // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 3700 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3701 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) 3702 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3703 D.setInvalidType(); 3704 // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. 3705 DC = CurContext; 3706 Previous.clear(); 3707 } 3708 3709 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3710 // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only). 3711 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 3712 } 3713 3714 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 3715 3716 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 3717 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 3718 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 3719 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 3720 << 1; 3721 3722 if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 3723 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier) 3724 << D.getName().getSourceRange(); 3725 return 0; 3726 } 3727 3728 TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo); 3729 if (!NewTD) return 0; 3730 3731 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 3732 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D); 3733 3734 CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD); 3735 3736 bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration(); 3737 NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration); 3738 D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration); 3739 return ND; 3740} 3741 3742void 3743Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 3744 // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type 3745 // then it shall have block scope. 3746 // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so 3747 // that redeclarations will match. 3748 QualType T = NewTD->getUnderlyingType(); 3749 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 3750 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 3751 3752 if (S->getFnParent() == 0) { 3753 bool SizeIsNegative; 3754 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 3755 QualType FixedTy = 3756 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, SizeIsNegative, 3757 Oversized); 3758 if (!FixedTy.isNull()) { 3759 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 3760 NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy)); 3761 } else { 3762 if (SizeIsNegative) 3763 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 3764 else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) 3765 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); 3766 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 3767 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large) 3768 << Oversized.toString(10); 3769 else 3770 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 3771 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 3772 } 3773 } 3774 } 3775} 3776 3777 3778/// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which 3779/// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via 3780/// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'. 3781NamedDecl* 3782Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD, 3783 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 3784 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is 3785 // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. 3786 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/ false, 3787 /*ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization=*/false); 3788 if (!Previous.empty()) { 3789 Redeclaration = true; 3790 MergeTypedefNameDecl(NewTD, Previous); 3791 } 3792 3793 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 3794 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier()) 3795 if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() && 3796 NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 3797 if (II->isStr("FILE")) 3798 Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD); 3799 else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf")) 3800 Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 3801 else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf")) 3802 Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 3803 else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t")) 3804 Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD); 3805 else if (II->isStr("__builtin_va_list")) 3806 Context.setBuiltinVaListType(Context.getTypedefType(NewTD)); 3807 } 3808 3809 return NewTD; 3810} 3811 3812/// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope 3813/// previous declaration. 3814/// 3815/// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a 3816/// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a 3817/// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new 3818/// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with 3819/// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 3820/// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). 3821/// 3822/// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name 3823/// lookup 3824/// 3825/// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being 3826/// declared. 3827/// 3828/// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration 3829/// for a new delcaration with the same name. 3830static bool 3831isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, 3832 ASTContext &Context) { 3833 if (!PrevDecl) 3834 return false; 3835 3836 if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) 3837 return false; 3838 3839 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3840 // C++ [basic.link]p6: 3841 // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage 3842 // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared 3843 // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block 3844 // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the 3845 // linkage of the previous declaration. 3846 DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext(); 3847 if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3848 // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. 3849 return false; 3850 3851 DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); 3852 if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) 3853 // We found a member function: ignore it. 3854 return false; 3855 3856 // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and 3857 // previous declarations. 3858 OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 3859 PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 3860 3861 // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it 3862 // isn't the same function. 3863 if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext)) 3864 return false; 3865 } 3866 3867 return true; 3868} 3869 3870static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) { 3871 CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 3872 if (!SS.isSet()) return; 3873 DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext())); 3874} 3875 3876bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) { 3877 QualType type = decl->getType(); 3878 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime(); 3879 if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) { 3880 // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing. 3881 unsigned kind = -1U; 3882 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 3883 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 3884 kind = 0; // __block 3885 else if (!var->hasLocalStorage()) 3886 kind = 1; // global 3887 } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) { 3888 kind = 3; // ivar 3889 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) { 3890 kind = 2; // field 3891 } 3892 3893 if (kind != -1U) { 3894 Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var) 3895 << kind; 3896 } 3897 } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) { 3898 // Try to infer lifetime. 3899 if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType()) 3900 return false; 3901 3902 lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 3903 type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime); 3904 decl->setType(type); 3905 } 3906 3907 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 3908 // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime. 3909 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone && 3910 var->isThreadSpecified()) { 3911 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership) 3912 << var->getType(); 3913 return true; 3914 } 3915 } 3916 3917 return false; 3918} 3919 3920NamedDecl* 3921Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 3922 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 3923 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) { 3924 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 3925 DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 3926 3927 // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only). 3928 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3929 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 3930 3931 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec(); 3932 assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 3933 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 3934 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 3935 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 3936 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 3937 // an error here 3938 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 3939 D.setInvalidType(); 3940 SC = SC_None; 3941 } 3942 SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 3943 VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 3944 = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 3945 3946 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 3947 if (!II) { 3948 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) 3949 << Name; 3950 return 0; 3951 } 3952 3953 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 3954 3955 if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == 0) { 3956 // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not 3957 // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. 3958 if (SC == SC_Auto || SC == SC_Register) { 3959 3960 // If this is a register variable with an asm label specified, then this 3961 // is a GNU extension. 3962 if (SC == SC_Register && D.getAsmLabel()) 3963 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_global_register); 3964 else 3965 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); 3966 D.setInvalidType(); 3967 } 3968 } 3969 3970 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 3971 // Set up the special work-group-local storage class for variables in the 3972 // OpenCL __local address space. 3973 if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) 3974 SC = SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal; 3975 } 3976 3977 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 3978 VarDecl *NewVD; 3979 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3980 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 3981 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 3982 R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 3983 3984 if (D.isInvalidType()) 3985 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3986 } else { 3987 if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { 3988 // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. 3989 if (SC == SC_Static) { 3990 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 3991 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 3992 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 3993 } else if (SC == SC_None) 3994 SC = SC_Static; 3995 } 3996 if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) { 3997 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 3998 if (RD->isLocalClass()) 3999 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4000 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class) 4001 << Name << RD->getDeclName(); 4002 4003 // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member, 4004 // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction. 4005 if (RD->isUnion()) 4006 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4007 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x 4008 ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union 4009 : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name; 4010 // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs. 4011 else if (!RD->getDeclName()) 4012 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4013 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct) 4014 << Name << RD->isUnion(); 4015 } 4016 } 4017 4018 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 4019 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 4020 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 4021 bool Invalid = false; 4022 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 4023 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 4024 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 4025 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4026 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 4027 TemplateParamLists.get(), 4028 TemplateParamLists.size(), 4029 /*never a friend*/ false, 4030 isExplicitSpecialization, 4031 Invalid)) { 4032 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 4033 // There is no such thing as a variable template. 4034 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_variable) 4035 << II 4036 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 4037 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 4038 return 0; 4039 } else { 4040 // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain 4041 // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable. 4042 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 4043 diag::err_template_variable_noparams) 4044 << II 4045 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 4046 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 4047 } 4048 } 4049 4050 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 4051 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 4052 R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 4053 4054 // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the 4055 // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer. 4056 if (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_auto && 4057 R->getContainedAutoType()) 4058 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 4059 4060 if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) 4061 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4062 4063 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D); 4064 4065 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4066 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 4067 TemplateParamLists.size(), 4068 TemplateParamLists.release()); 4069 } 4070 4071 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 4072 NewVD->setConstexpr(true); 4073 } 4074 4075 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the 4076 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 4077 NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 4078 4079 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) { 4080 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 4081 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_non_global); 4082 else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) 4083 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_unsupported); 4084 else 4085 NewVD->setThreadSpecified(true); 4086 } 4087 4088 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 4089 if (isExplicitSpecialization) 4090 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 4091 << 2 4092 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 4093 else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 4094 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 4095 << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName() 4096 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 4097 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 4098 else 4099 NewVD->setModulePrivate(); 4100 } 4101 4102 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 4103 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D); 4104 4105 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of 4106 // retainable type. 4107 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD)) 4108 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4109 4110 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 4111 if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) { 4112 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 4113 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 4114 StringRef Label = SE->getString(); 4115 if (S->getFnParent() != 0) { 4116 switch (SC) { 4117 case SC_None: 4118 case SC_Auto: 4119 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label; 4120 break; 4121 case SC_Register: 4122 if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 4123 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 4124 break; 4125 case SC_Static: 4126 case SC_Extern: 4127 case SC_PrivateExtern: 4128 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 4129 break; 4130 } 4131 } 4132 4133 NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), 4134 Context, Label)); 4135 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 4136 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 4137 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier()); 4138 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 4139 NewVD->addAttr(I->second); 4140 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 4141 } 4142 } 4143 4144 // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope. 4145 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) 4146 CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous); 4147 4148 // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different 4149 // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new 4150 // declaration has linkage). 4151 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, NewVD->hasLinkage(), 4152 isExplicitSpecialization); 4153 4154 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4155 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 4156 } else { 4157 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. 4158 if (!Previous.empty()) { 4159 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 4160 isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) && 4161 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4162 // The user tried to define a non-static data member 4163 // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 4164 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) 4165 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4166 Previous.clear(); 4167 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4168 } 4169 } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4170 // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. 4171 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member) 4172 << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true) 4173 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4174 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4175 } 4176 4177 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 4178 4179 // This is an explicit specialization of a static data member. Check it. 4180 if (isExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 4181 CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous)) 4182 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4183 } 4184 4185 // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored 4186 // FIXME: This should be handled in attribute merging, not 4187 // here. 4188 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) { 4189 VarDecl *Def = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 4190 if (Def && (Def = Def->getDefinition()) && 4191 Def != NewVD && D.hasAttributes()) { 4192 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 4193 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 4194 } 4195 } 4196 4197 // If this is a locally-scoped extern C variable, update the map of 4198 // such variables. 4199 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewVD->isExternC() && 4200 !NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 4201 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, Previous, S); 4202 4203 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 4204 // member, set the visibility of this variable. 4205 if (NewVD->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage && !DC->isRecord()) 4206 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewVD); 4207 4208 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewVD); 4209 4210 return NewVD; 4211} 4212 4213/// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements 4214/// -Wshadow. 4215/// 4216/// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful" 4217/// scope. 4218/// 4219/// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared 4220/// \param R the lookup of the name 4221/// 4222void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) { 4223 // Return if warning is ignored. 4224 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()) == 4225 DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 4226 return; 4227 4228 // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. 4229 if (D->hasGlobalStorage()) 4230 return; 4231 4232 DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext(); 4233 4234 // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable. 4235 if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found) 4236 return; 4237 4238 NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 4239 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 4240 return; 4241 4242 // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods. 4243 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 4244 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) 4245 if (MD->isStatic()) 4246 return; 4247 4248 if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 4249 if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) { 4250 // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global 4251 // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration. 4252 for (VarDecl::redecl_iterator 4253 I = shadowedVar->redecls_begin(), E = shadowedVar->redecls_end(); 4254 I != E; ++I) 4255 if (I->isFileVarDecl()) { 4256 ShadowedDecl = *I; 4257 break; 4258 } 4259 } 4260 4261 DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 4262 4263 // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members. 4264 if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) { 4265 // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members. 4266 if (!OldDC->isRecord()) 4267 return; 4268 4269 // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing 4270 // static data members from base classes? 4271 4272 // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members. 4273 // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the 4274 // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative. 4275 } 4276 4277 // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing. 4278 unsigned Kind; 4279 if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) { 4280 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 4281 Kind = 3; // field 4282 else 4283 Kind = 2; // static data member 4284 } else if (OldDC->isFileContext()) 4285 Kind = 1; // global 4286 else 4287 Kind = 0; // local 4288 4289 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); 4290 4291 // Emit warning and note. 4292 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC; 4293 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 4294} 4295 4296/// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup. 4297void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) { 4298 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation()) == 4299 DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 4300 return; 4301 4302 LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(), 4303 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 4304 LookupName(R, S); 4305 CheckShadow(S, D, R); 4306} 4307 4308/// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable 4309/// declaration. 4310/// 4311/// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a 4312/// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to 4313/// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators 4314/// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables 4315/// that have been instantiated from a template. 4316/// 4317/// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered. 4318/// 4319/// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration. 4320bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, 4321 LookupResult &Previous) { 4322 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 4323 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 4324 return false; 4325 4326 QualType T = NewVD->getType(); 4327 4328 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 4329 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 4330 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*"); 4331 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 4332 NewVD->setType(T); 4333 } 4334 4335 // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. 4336 // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not 4337 // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. 4338 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 4339 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 4340 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl); 4341 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4342 return false; 4343 } 4344 4345 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() 4346 && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 4347 if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) 4348 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local); 4349 else 4350 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); 4351 } 4352 4353 bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType(); 4354 if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() || 4355 NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 4356 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 4357 4358 if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) || 4359 (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) { 4360 bool SizeIsNegative; 4361 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 4362 QualType FixedTy = 4363 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, SizeIsNegative, 4364 Oversized); 4365 4366 if (FixedTy.isNull() && T->isVariableArrayType()) { 4367 const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); 4368 // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for 4369 // int a[10][n]; 4370 SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); 4371 4372 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 4373 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) 4374 << SizeRange; 4375 else if (NewVD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 4376 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) 4377 << SizeRange; 4378 else 4379 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) 4380 << SizeRange; 4381 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4382 return false; 4383 } 4384 4385 if (FixedTy.isNull()) { 4386 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 4387 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 4388 else 4389 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); 4390 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4391 return false; 4392 } 4393 4394 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 4395 NewVD->setType(FixedTy); 4396 } 4397 4398 if (Previous.empty() && NewVD->isExternC()) { 4399 // Since we did not find anything by this name and we're declaring 4400 // an extern "C" variable, look for a non-visible extern "C" 4401 // declaration with the same name. 4402 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 4403 = findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(NewVD->getDeclName()); 4404 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) 4405 Previous.addDecl(Pos->second); 4406 } 4407 4408 if (T->isVoidType() && !NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) { 4409 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) 4410 << T; 4411 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4412 return false; 4413 } 4414 4415 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 4416 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 4417 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4418 return false; 4419 } 4420 4421 if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 4422 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm); 4423 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4424 return false; 4425 } 4426 4427 if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() && 4428 RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T, 4429 PDiag(diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal))) { 4430 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4431 return false; 4432 } 4433 4434 if (!Previous.empty()) { 4435 MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous); 4436 return true; 4437 } 4438 return false; 4439} 4440 4441/// \brief Data used with FindOverriddenMethod 4442struct FindOverriddenMethodData { 4443 Sema *S; 4444 CXXMethodDecl *Method; 4445}; 4446 4447/// \brief Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++ 4448/// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with 4449/// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases(). 4450static bool FindOverriddenMethod(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, 4451 CXXBasePath &Path, 4452 void *UserData) { 4453 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 4454 4455 FindOverriddenMethodData *Data 4456 = reinterpret_cast<FindOverriddenMethodData*>(UserData); 4457 4458 DeclarationName Name = Data->Method->getDeclName(); 4459 4460 // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too? 4461 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 4462 // We really want to find the base class destructor here. 4463 QualType T = Data->S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord); 4464 CanQualType CT = Data->S->Context.getCanonicalType(T); 4465 4466 Name = Data->S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT); 4467 } 4468 4469 for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); 4470 Path.Decls.first != Path.Decls.second; 4471 ++Path.Decls.first) { 4472 NamedDecl *D = *Path.Decls.first; 4473 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 4474 if (MD->isVirtual() && !Data->S->IsOverload(Data->Method, MD, false)) 4475 return true; 4476 } 4477 } 4478 4479 return false; 4480} 4481 4482static bool hasDelayedExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *Method) { 4483 const FunctionProtoType *Proto =Method->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 4484 return Proto && Proto->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_Delayed; 4485} 4486 4487/// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes, 4488/// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it. 4489bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 4490 // Look for virtual methods in base classes that this method might override. 4491 CXXBasePaths Paths; 4492 FindOverriddenMethodData Data; 4493 Data.Method = MD; 4494 Data.S = this; 4495 bool AddedAny = false; 4496 if (DC->lookupInBases(&FindOverriddenMethod, &Data, Paths)) { 4497 for (CXXBasePaths::decl_iterator I = Paths.found_decls_begin(), 4498 E = Paths.found_decls_end(); I != E; ++I) { 4499 if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*I)) { 4500 MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl()); 4501 if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) && 4502 (hasDelayedExceptionSpec(MD) || 4503 !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD)) && 4504 !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) { 4505 AddedAny = true; 4506 } 4507 } 4508 } 4509 } 4510 4511 return AddedAny; 4512} 4513 4514namespace { 4515 // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by 4516 // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator. 4517 struct ActOnFDArgs { 4518 Scope *S; 4519 Declarator &D; 4520 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists; 4521 bool AddToScope; 4522 }; 4523} 4524 4525namespace { 4526 4527// Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance. 4528// Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl. 4529class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 4530 public: 4531 DifferentNameValidatorCCC(CXXRecordDecl *Parent) 4532 : ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : 0) {} 4533 4534 virtual bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) { 4535 if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0) 4536 return false; 4537 4538 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = candidate.getCorrectionDeclAs<CXXMethodDecl>()) { 4539 CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent(); 4540 return Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent; 4541 } 4542 4543 return !ExpectedParent; 4544 } 4545 4546 private: 4547 CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent; 4548}; 4549 4550} 4551 4552/// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration. 4553/// 4554/// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid 4555/// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations 4556/// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with 4557/// the same name. 4558/// 4559/// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in 4560/// the new declaration name does not cause new errors. 4561static NamedDecl* DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 4562 Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 4563 ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs) { 4564 NamedDecl *Result = NULL; 4565 DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName(); 4566 DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext(); 4567 LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(), 4568 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 4569 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 4570 llvm::SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl*, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches; 4571 TypoCorrection Correction; 4572 bool isFriendDecl = (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 4573 ExtraArgs.D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()); 4574 unsigned DiagMsg = isFriendDecl ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend 4575 : diag::err_member_def_does_not_match; 4576 4577 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4578 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC); 4579 assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && 4580 "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); 4581 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 4582 DifferentNameValidatorCCC Validator(MD ? MD->getParent() : 0); 4583 if (!Prev.empty()) { 4584 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); 4585 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 4586 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func); 4587 if (FD && 4588 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 4589 // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't 4590 // involve a parameter 4591 unsigned ParamNum = 4592 MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1; 4593 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum)); 4594 } 4595 } 4596 // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction 4597 } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo(Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), 4598 Prev.getLookupKind(), 0, 0, 4599 Validator, NewDC))) { 4600 // Trap errors. 4601 Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef); 4602 4603 // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator 4604 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 4605 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 4606 Previous.clear(); 4607 Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection()); 4608 for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(), 4609 CDeclEnd = Correction.end(); 4610 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 4611 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 4612 if (FD && hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, 4613 MismatchedParams)) { 4614 Previous.addDecl(FD); 4615 } 4616 } 4617 bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration(); 4618 // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the 4619 // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaraction and hopefully 4620 // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs. 4621 Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator( 4622 ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D, 4623 Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(), 4624 NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists, 4625 ExtraArgs.AddToScope); 4626 if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) { 4627 // Pretend the typo correction never occurred 4628 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(), 4629 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 4630 ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration); 4631 Previous.clear(); 4632 Previous.setLookupName(Name); 4633 Result = NULL; 4634 } else { 4635 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Previous.begin(), 4636 FuncEnd = Previous.end(); 4637 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 4638 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func)) 4639 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, 0)); 4640 } 4641 } 4642 if (NearMatches.empty()) { 4643 // Ignore the correction if it didn't yield any close FunctionDecl matches 4644 Correction = TypoCorrection(); 4645 } else { 4646 DiagMsg = isFriendDecl ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest 4647 : diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_suggest; 4648 } 4649 } 4650 4651 if (Correction) 4652 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg) 4653 << Name << NewDC << Correction.getQuoted(SemaRef.getLangOpts()) 4654 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement( 4655 NewFD->getLocation(), 4656 Correction.getAsString(SemaRef.getLangOpts())); 4657 else 4658 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg) 4659 << Name << NewDC << NewFD->getLocation(); 4660 4661 bool NewFDisConst = false; 4662 if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 4663 NewFDisConst = NewMD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const; 4664 4665 for (llvm::SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl*, unsigned>, 1>::iterator 4666 NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end(); 4667 NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) { 4668 FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first; 4669 bool FDisConst = false; 4670 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 4671 FDisConst = MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const; 4672 4673 if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) { 4674 ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1); 4675 SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc(); 4676 if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation(); 4677 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, diag::note_member_def_close_param_match) 4678 << Idx << FDParam->getType() << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx-1)->getType(); 4679 } else if (Correction) { 4680 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 4681 << Correction.getQuoted(SemaRef.getLangOpts()); 4682 } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) { 4683 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match) 4684 << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd(); 4685 } else 4686 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_match); 4687 } 4688 return Result; 4689} 4690 4691static FunctionDecl::StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef, 4692 Declarator &D) { 4693 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { 4694 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!"); 4695 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: 4696 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: 4697 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: 4698 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4699 diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); 4700 D.setInvalidType(); 4701 break; 4702 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break; 4703 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern; 4704 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { 4705 if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 4706 // C99 6.7.1p5: 4707 // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has 4708 // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier 4709 // other than extern 4710 // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). 4711 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4712 diag::err_static_block_func); 4713 break; 4714 } else 4715 return SC_Static; 4716 } 4717 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 4718 } 4719 4720 // No explicit storage class has already been returned 4721 return SC_None; 4722} 4723 4724static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D, 4725 DeclContext *DC, QualType &R, 4726 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4727 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC, 4728 bool &IsVirtualOkay) { 4729 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D); 4730 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4731 4732 FunctionDecl *NewFD = 0; 4733 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 4734 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 4735 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 4736 = StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 4737 4738 if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4739 // Determine whether the function was written with a 4740 // prototype. This true when: 4741 // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or 4742 // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference 4743 // to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type). 4744 bool HasPrototype = 4745 (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) || 4746 (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType()); 4747 4748 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 4749 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 4750 TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 4751 HasPrototype); 4752 if (D.isInvalidType()) 4753 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4754 4755 // Set the lexical context. 4756 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(SemaRef.CurContext); 4757 4758 return NewFD; 4759 } 4760 4761 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 4762 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 4763 4764 // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. 4765 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 4766 // the class has been completely parsed. 4767 if (!DC->isRecord() && 4768 SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4769 R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(), 4770 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 4771 SemaRef.AbstractReturnType)) 4772 D.setInvalidType(); 4773 4774 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) { 4775 // This is a C++ constructor declaration. 4776 assert(DC->isRecord() && 4777 "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); 4778 4779 R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 4780 return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 4781 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 4782 R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline, 4783 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false, 4784 isConstexpr); 4785 4786 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 4787 // This is a C++ destructor declaration. 4788 if (DC->isRecord()) { 4789 R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 4790 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 4791 CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create( 4792 SemaRef.Context, Record, 4793 D.getLocStart(), 4794 NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline, 4795 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 4796 4797 // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception 4798 // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do 4799 // it yet. 4800 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x && !Record->isDependentType() && 4801 Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() && 4802 R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) { 4803 SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD); 4804 } 4805 4806 IsVirtualOkay = true; 4807 return NewDD; 4808 4809 } else { 4810 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); 4811 D.setInvalidType(); 4812 4813 // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing 4814 // code path. 4815 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 4816 D.getLocStart(), 4817 D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo, 4818 SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 4819 /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr); 4820 } 4821 4822 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { 4823 if (!DC->isRecord()) { 4824 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4825 diag::err_conv_function_not_member); 4826 return 0; 4827 } 4828 4829 SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); 4830 IsVirtualOkay = true; 4831 return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 4832 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 4833 R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit, 4834 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 4835 4836 } else if (DC->isRecord()) { 4837 // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record, 4838 // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type. 4839 // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a 4840 // constructor if it has no return type). 4841 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && 4842 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){ 4843 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type) 4844 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) 4845 << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 4846 return 0; 4847 } 4848 4849 bool isStatic = SC == SC_Static; 4850 4851 // [class.free]p1: 4852 // Any allocation function for a class T is a static member 4853 // (even if not explicitly declared static). 4854 if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_New || 4855 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New) 4856 isStatic = true; 4857 4858 // [class.free]p6 Any deallocation function for a class X is a static member 4859 // (even if not explicitly declared static). 4860 if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 4861 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) 4862 isStatic = true; 4863 4864 IsVirtualOkay = !isStatic; 4865 4866 // This is a C++ method declaration. 4867 return CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 4868 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 4869 TInfo, isStatic, SCAsWritten, isInline, 4870 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 4871 4872 } else { 4873 // Determine whether the function was written with a 4874 // prototype. This true when: 4875 // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), 4876 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 4877 D.getLocStart(), 4878 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 4879 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr); 4880 } 4881} 4882 4883NamedDecl* 4884Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 4885 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 4886 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 4887 bool &AddToScope) { 4888 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 4889 4890 assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); 4891 4892 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 4893 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 4894 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4895 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D); 4896 4897 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 4898 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 4899 4900 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value. 4901 if (R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isObjCObjectType()) { 4902 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4903 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 4904 << R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType() 4905 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(D.getIdentifierLoc(), "*"); 4906 4907 QualType T = R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(); 4908 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 4909 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 4910 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 4911 R = Context.getFunctionType(T, FPT->arg_type_begin(), 4912 FPT->getNumArgs(), EPI); 4913 } 4914 else if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(R)) 4915 R = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(T); 4916 } 4917 4918 bool isFriend = false; 4919 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0; 4920 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 4921 bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 4922 bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false; 4923 bool isVirtualOkay = false; 4924 4925 FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC, 4926 isVirtualOkay); 4927 if (!NewFD) return 0; 4928 4929 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer()) 4930 NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 4931 4932 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4933 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 4934 bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); 4935 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 4936 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 4937 isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 4938 if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 4939 // C++ [class.friend]p5 4940 // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a 4941 // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline. 4942 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 4943 } 4944 4945 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D); 4946 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 4947 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 4948 if (D.isInvalidType()) 4949 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4950 4951 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ 4952 // scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the 4953 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 4954 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 4955 4956 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 4957 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 4958 bool Invalid = false; 4959 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 4960 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 4961 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 4962 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4963 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 4964 TemplateParamLists.get(), 4965 TemplateParamLists.size(), 4966 isFriend, 4967 isExplicitSpecialization, 4968 Invalid)) { 4969 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 4970 // This is a function template 4971 4972 // Check that we can declare a template here. 4973 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 4974 return 0; 4975 4976 // A destructor cannot be a template. 4977 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 4978 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template); 4979 return 0; 4980 } 4981 4982 // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to 4983 // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list, 4984 // now that we know what the current instantiation is. 4985 if (DC->isDependentContext()) { 4986 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 4987 if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams)) 4988 Invalid = true; 4989 } 4990 4991 4992 FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, 4993 NewFD->getLocation(), 4994 Name, TemplateParams, 4995 NewFD); 4996 FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 4997 NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate); 4998 4999 // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists. 5000 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) { 5001 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 5002 TemplateParamLists.size() - 1, 5003 TemplateParamLists.release()); 5004 } 5005 } else { 5006 // This is a function template specialization. 5007 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 5008 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 5009 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 5010 TemplateParamLists.size(), 5011 TemplateParamLists.release()); 5012 5013 // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);". 5014 if (isFriend) { 5015 // We want to remove the "template<>", found here. 5016 SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange(); 5017 5018 // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a 5019 // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem: 5020 // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl, 5021 // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So 5022 // we need to insert '<>' after the name. 5023 SourceLocation InsertLoc; 5024 if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 5025 InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd(); 5026 InsertLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc); 5027 } 5028 5029 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend) 5030 << Name << RemoveRange 5031 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange) 5032 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>"); 5033 } 5034 } 5035 } 5036 else { 5037 // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier: 5038 // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template. 5039 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 5040 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 5041 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 5042 TemplateParamLists.size(), 5043 TemplateParamLists.release()); 5044 } 5045 5046 if (Invalid) { 5047 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5048 if (FunctionTemplate) 5049 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 5050 } 5051 5052 // If we see "T var();" at block scope, where T is a class type, it is 5053 // probably an attempt to initialize a variable, not a function declaration. 5054 // We don't catch this case earlier, since there is no ambiguity here. 5055 if (!FunctionTemplate && D.getFunctionDefinitionKind() == FDK_Declaration && 5056 CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && 5057 D.getNumTypeObjects() == 1 && D.isFunctionDeclarator() && 5058 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten() 5059 == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 5060 QualType T = R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(); 5061 DeclaratorChunk &C = D.getTypeObject(0); 5062 if (!T->isVoidType() && C.Fun.NumArgs == 0 && !C.Fun.isVariadic && 5063 !C.Fun.TrailingReturnType && 5064 C.Fun.getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) { 5065 SourceRange ParenRange(C.Loc, C.EndLoc); 5066 Diag(C.Loc, diag::warn_empty_parens_are_function_decl) << ParenRange; 5067 5068 // If the declaration looks like: 5069 // T var1, 5070 // f(); 5071 // and name lookup finds a function named 'f', then the ',' was 5072 // probably intended to be a ';'. 5073 if (!D.isFirstDeclarator() && D.getIdentifier()) { 5074 FullSourceLoc Comma(D.getCommaLoc(), SourceMgr); 5075 FullSourceLoc Name(D.getIdentifierLoc(), SourceMgr); 5076 if (Comma.getFileID() != Name.getFileID() || 5077 Comma.getSpellingLineNumber() != Name.getSpellingLineNumber()) { 5078 LookupResult Result(*this, D.getIdentifier(), SourceLocation(), 5079 LookupOrdinaryName); 5080 if (LookupName(Result, S)) 5081 Diag(D.getCommaLoc(), diag::note_empty_parens_function_call) 5082 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(D.getCommaLoc(), ";") << NewFD; 5083 } 5084 } 5085 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 5086 // Empty parens mean value-initialization, and no parens mean default 5087 // initialization. These are equivalent if the default constructor is 5088 // user-provided, or if zero-initialization is a no-op. 5089 if (RD && RD->hasDefinition() && 5090 (RD->isEmpty() || RD->hasUserProvidedDefaultConstructor())) 5091 Diag(C.Loc, diag::note_empty_parens_default_ctor) 5092 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ParenRange); 5093 else if (const char *Init = getFixItZeroInitializerForType(T)) 5094 Diag(C.Loc, diag::note_empty_parens_zero_initialize) 5095 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(ParenRange, Init); 5096 else if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus0x) 5097 Diag(C.Loc, diag::note_empty_parens_zero_initialize) 5098 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(ParenRange, "{}"); 5099 } 5100 } 5101 5102 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: 5103 // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of 5104 // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a 5105 // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. 5106 // 5107 if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5108 if (!isVirtualOkay) { 5109 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 5110 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 5111 } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 5112 // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. 5113 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 5114 diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) 5115 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 5116 } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 5117 // C++ [temp.mem]p3: 5118 // A member function template shall not be virtual. 5119 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 5120 diag::err_virtual_member_function_template) 5121 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 5122 } else { 5123 // Okay: Add virtual to the method. 5124 NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true); 5125 } 5126 } 5127 5128 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3: 5129 // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function 5130 // declaration. 5131 if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5132 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 5133 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration. 5134 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 5135 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 5136 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 5137 } 5138 } 5139 5140 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6: 5141 // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a 5142 // constructor or conversion function within its class definition; 5143 // see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2. 5144 if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5145 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 5146 // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class. 5147 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 5148 diag::err_explicit_out_of_class) 5149 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 5150 } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) && 5151 !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 5152 // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor 5153 // or conversion function. 5154 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 5155 diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function) 5156 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 5157 } 5158 } 5159 5160 if (isConstexpr) { 5161 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors 5162 // are implicitly inline. 5163 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 5164 5165 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to 5166 // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore, 5167 // destructors cannot be declared constexpr. 5168 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) 5169 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor); 5170 } 5171 5172 // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly. 5173 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 5174 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 5175 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc 5176 = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc(); 5177 Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization) 5178 << 0 5179 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 5180 } else { 5181 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 5182 if (FunctionTemplate) 5183 FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 5184 } 5185 } 5186 5187 if (isFriend) { 5188 // For now, claim that the objects have no previous declaration. 5189 if (FunctionTemplate) { 5190 FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false); 5191 FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public); 5192 } 5193 NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false); 5194 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 5195 } 5196 5197 // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now. 5198 switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) { 5199 case FDK_Declaration: 5200 case FDK_Definition: 5201 break; 5202 5203 case FDK_Defaulted: 5204 NewFD->setDefaulted(); 5205 break; 5206 5207 case FDK_Deleted: 5208 NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten(); 5209 break; 5210 } 5211 5212 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext && 5213 D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 5214 // C++ [class.mfct]p2: 5215 // A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in 5216 // which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2) 5217 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 5218 } 5219 5220 if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && 5221 !CurContext->isRecord()) { 5222 // C++ [class.static]p1: 5223 // A data or function member of a class may be declared static 5224 // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of 5225 // the class. 5226 5227 // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line 5228 // member function definition. 5229 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5230 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 5231 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5232 } 5233 } 5234 5235 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 5236 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, NewFD->hasLinkage(), 5237 isExplicitSpecialization || 5238 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 5239 5240 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 5241 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { 5242 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 5243 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 5244 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context, 5245 SE->getString())); 5246 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 5247 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 5248 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier()); 5249 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 5250 NewFD->addAttr(I->second); 5251 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 5252 } 5253 } 5254 5255 // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function 5256 // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params. 5257 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 5258 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) { 5259 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 5260 5261 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs 5262 // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a 5263 // single void argument. 5264 // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator 5265 // already checks for that case. 5266 if (FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 && 5267 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param && 5268 cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param)->getType()->isVoidType()) { 5269 // Empty arg list, don't push any params. 5270 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param); 5271 5272 // In C++, the empty parameter-type-list must be spelled "void"; a 5273 // typedef of void is not permitted. 5274 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 5275 Param->getType().getUnqualifiedType() != Context.VoidTy) { 5276 bool IsTypeAlias = false; 5277 if (const TypedefType *TT = Param->getType()->getAs<TypedefType>()) 5278 IsTypeAlias = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(TT->getDecl()); 5279 else if (const TemplateSpecializationType *TST = 5280 Param->getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) 5281 IsTypeAlias = TST->isTypeAlias(); 5282 Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_param_typedef_of_void) 5283 << IsTypeAlias; 5284 } 5285 } else if (FTI.NumArgs > 0 && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param != 0) { 5286 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i) { 5287 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param); 5288 assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?"); 5289 Param->setDeclContext(NewFD); 5290 Params.push_back(Param); 5291 5292 if (Param->isInvalidDecl()) 5293 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5294 } 5295 } 5296 5297 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 5298 // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the 5299 // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) 5300 // parameters for use in the declaration. 5301 // 5302 // @code 5303 // typedef void fn(int); 5304 // fn f; 5305 // @endcode 5306 5307 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 5308 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator AI = FT->arg_type_begin(), 5309 AE = FT->arg_type_end(); AI != AE; ++AI) { 5310 ParmVarDecl *Param = 5311 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), *AI); 5312 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 5313 Params.push_back(Param); 5314 } 5315 } else { 5316 assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 && 5317 "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn"); 5318 } 5319 5320 // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them. 5321 NewFD->setParams(Params); 5322 5323 // Find all anonymous symbols defined during the declaration of this function 5324 // and add to NewFD. This lets us track decls such 'enum Y' in: 5325 // 5326 // void f(enum Y {AA} x) {} 5327 // 5328 // which would otherwise incorrectly end up in the translation unit scope. 5329 NewFD->setDeclsInPrototypeScope(DeclsInPrototypeScope); 5330 DeclsInPrototypeScope.clear(); 5331 5332 // Process the non-inheritable attributes on this declaration. 5333 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D, 5334 /*NonInheritable=*/true, /*Inheritable=*/false); 5335 5336 // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2 5337 // because all functions have linkage. 5338 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 5339 NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 5340 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl); 5341 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5342 } 5343 5344 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5345 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 5346 bool isExplicitSpecialization=false; 5347 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5348 if (NewFD->isMain()) 5349 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 5350 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 5351 isExplicitSpecialization)); 5352 } 5353 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 5354 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 5355 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 5356 } else { 5357 // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template 5358 // argument list into our AST format. 5359 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 5360 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; 5361 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 5362 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 5363 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc); 5364 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 5365 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(*this, 5366 TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 5367 TemplateId->NumArgs); 5368 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, 5369 TemplateArgs); 5370 TemplateArgsPtr.release(); 5371 5372 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 5373 5374 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5375 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 5376 } else if (FunctionTemplate) { 5377 // Function template with explicit template arguments. 5378 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec) 5379 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 5380 5381 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 5382 } else if (!isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 5383 !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 5384 // We have encountered something that the user meant to be a 5385 // specialization (because it has explicitly-specified template 5386 // arguments) but that was not introduced with a "template<>" (or had 5387 // too few of them). 5388 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_needs_header) 5389 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc) 5390 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion( 5391 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 5392 "template<> "); 5393 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 5394 } else { 5395 // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl. 5396 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 5397 } 5398 } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 5399 // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user 5400 // wrote something like: 5401 // template <> friend void foo(int); 5402 // which we're recovering from as if the user had written: 5403 // friend void foo<>(int); 5404 // Go ahead and fake up a template id. 5405 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 5406 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 5407 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 5408 } 5409 5410 // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible 5411 // that either the specialized function type or the specialized 5412 // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In 5413 // this case, don't check the specialization yet. 5414 bool InstantiationDependent = false; 5415 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend && 5416 (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() || 5417 TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments( 5418 TemplateArgs.getArgumentArray(), TemplateArgs.size(), 5419 InstantiationDependent))) { 5420 assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs && 5421 "friend function specialization without template args"); 5422 if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs, 5423 Previous)) 5424 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5425 } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 5426 if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord() 5427 && !isFriend) { 5428 isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true; 5429 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 5430 diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class : 5431 diag::err_function_specialization_in_class) 5432 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 5433 } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, 5434 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs : 0), 5435 Previous)) 5436 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5437 5438 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 5439 // A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit 5440 // specialization (14.7.3) 5441 if (SC != SC_None) { 5442 if (SC != NewFD->getStorageClass()) 5443 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 5444 diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class) 5445 << SC 5446 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 5447 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5448 5449 else 5450 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 5451 diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class) 5452 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 5453 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5454 } 5455 5456 } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 5457 if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous)) 5458 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5459 } 5460 5461 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 5462 if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 5463 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5464 // If this is a class member, mark the class invalid immediately. 5465 // This avoids some consistency errors later. 5466 if (CXXMethodDecl* methodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 5467 methodDecl->getParent()->setInvalidDecl(); 5468 } else { 5469 if (NewFD->isMain()) 5470 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 5471 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 5472 isExplicitSpecialization)); 5473 } 5474 } 5475 5476 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 5477 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 5478 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 5479 5480 NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate 5481 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate) 5482 : NewFD); 5483 5484 if (isFriend && D.isRedeclaration()) { 5485 AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public; 5486 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 5487 Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess(); 5488 5489 NewFD->setAccess(Access); 5490 if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access); 5491 5492 PrincipalDecl->setObjectOfFriendDecl(true); 5493 } 5494 5495 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() && 5496 PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary)) 5497 PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator(); 5498 5499 // If we have a function template, check the template parameter 5500 // list. This will check and merge default template arguments. 5501 if (FunctionTemplate) { 5502 FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = 5503 FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl(); 5504 CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 5505 PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() : 0, 5506 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified() 5507 ? (D.isFunctionDefinition() 5508 ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition 5509 : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate) 5510 : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 5511 DC && DC->isRecord() && 5512 DC->isDependentContext()) 5513 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 5514 : TPC_FunctionTemplate); 5515 } 5516 5517 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5518 // Ignore all the rest of this. 5519 } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) { 5520 struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists, 5521 AddToScope }; 5522 // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member. 5523 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) 5524 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 5525 5526 // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration. 5527 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5528 // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or 5529 // dependent-scope friend declarations. 5530 5531 // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent 5532 // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when 5533 // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be 5534 // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor. But there 5535 // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we 5536 // can actually do this check immediately. 5537 if (isFriend && 5538 (TemplateParamLists.size() || 5539 D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() || 5540 CurContext->isDependentContext())) { 5541 // ignore these 5542 } else { 5543 // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a 5544 // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there 5545 // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, 5546 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: 5547 // 5548 // class X { 5549 // void f() const; 5550 // }; 5551 // 5552 // void X::f() { } // ill-formed 5553 // 5554 // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close 5555 // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and 5556 // whether the parameter types are references). 5557 5558 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, Previous, 5559 NewFD, 5560 ExtraArgs)) { 5561 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 5562 return Result; 5563 } 5564 } 5565 5566 // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve 5567 // to something. 5568 } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) { 5569 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, Previous, 5570 NewFD, 5571 ExtraArgs)) { 5572 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 5573 return Result; 5574 } 5575 } 5576 5577 } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 5578 !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 5579 !isExplicitSpecialization) { 5580 // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a 5581 // definition (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 5582 // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of 5583 // function templates or member functions of class templates, per 5584 // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an 5585 // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to 5586 // generate them. 5587 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration) 5588 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5589 } 5590 } 5591 5592 5593 // Handle attributes. We need to have merged decls when handling attributes 5594 // (for example to check for conflicts, etc). 5595 // FIXME: This needs to happen before we merge declarations. Then, 5596 // let attribute merging cope with attribute conflicts. 5597 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D, 5598 /*NonInheritable=*/false, /*Inheritable=*/true); 5599 5600 // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored 5601 // FIXME: This should happen during attribute merging 5602 if (D.isRedeclaration() && Previous.isSingleResult()) { 5603 const FunctionDecl *Def; 5604 FunctionDecl *PrevFD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 5605 if (PrevFD && PrevFD->isDefined(Def) && D.hasAttributes()) { 5606 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 5607 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 5608 } 5609 } 5610 5611 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); 5612 5613 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && 5614 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 5615 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 5616 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) 5617 << NewFD; 5618 5619 // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. 5620 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 5621 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 5622 EPI.Variadic = true; 5623 EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo(); 5624 5625 QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getResultType(), 0, 0, EPI); 5626 NewFD->setType(R); 5627 } 5628 5629 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 5630 // member, set the visibility of this function. 5631 if (NewFD->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage && !DC->isRecord()) 5632 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD); 5633 5634 // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider 5635 // marking the function. 5636 AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD); 5637 5638 // If this is a locally-scoped extern C function, update the 5639 // map of such names. 5640 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewFD->isExternC() 5641 && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 5642 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, Previous, S); 5643 5644 // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren. 5645 NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd()); 5646 5647 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5648 if (FunctionTemplate) { 5649 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 5650 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 5651 return FunctionTemplate; 5652 } 5653 } 5654 5655 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD); 5656 5657 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) 5658 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier()) 5659 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 5660 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 5661 if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) { 5662 if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isScalarType()) 5663 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return); 5664 5665 Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD); 5666 } 5667 } 5668 5669 // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope. 5670 // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation 5671 // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node. 5672 if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 5673 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec = 5674 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create( 5675 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(), 5676 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)); 5677 CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec); 5678 AddToScope = false; 5679 } 5680 5681 return NewFD; 5682} 5683 5684/// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. 5685/// 5686/// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration 5687/// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not 5688/// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is 5689/// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed 5690/// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions 5691/// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called 5692/// via InstantiateDecl). 5693/// 5694/// \param IsExplicitSpecialiation whether this new function declaration is 5695/// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration. 5696/// 5697/// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 5698/// 5699/// Returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration. 5700bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 5701 LookupResult &Previous, 5702 bool IsExplicitSpecialization) { 5703 assert(!NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType() 5704 && "Variably modified return types are not handled here"); 5705 5706 // Check for a previous declaration of this name. 5707 if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) { 5708 // Since we did not find anything by this name and we're declaring 5709 // an extern "C" function, look for a non-visible extern "C" 5710 // declaration with the same name. 5711 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 5712 = findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(NewFD->getDeclName()); 5713 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) 5714 Previous.addDecl(Pos->second); 5715 } 5716 5717 bool Redeclaration = false; 5718 5719 // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of 5720 // the same name, if appropriate. 5721 if (!Previous.empty()) { 5722 // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or 5723 // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, 5724 // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new 5725 // function to the scope. 5726 5727 NamedDecl *OldDecl = 0; 5728 if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) { 5729 Redeclaration = true; 5730 OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 5731 } else { 5732 switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl, 5733 /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) { 5734 case Ovl_Match: 5735 Redeclaration = true; 5736 break; 5737 5738 case Ovl_NonFunction: 5739 Redeclaration = true; 5740 break; 5741 5742 case Ovl_Overload: 5743 Redeclaration = false; 5744 break; 5745 } 5746 5747 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 5748 // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function 5749 // with that name must be marked "overloadable". 5750 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 5751 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 5752 NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = 0; 5753 if (Redeclaration) 5754 OverloadedDecl = OldDecl; 5755 else if (!Previous.empty()) 5756 OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 5757 if (OverloadedDecl) 5758 Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(), 5759 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 5760 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) OverloadableAttr(SourceLocation(), 5761 Context)); 5762 } 5763 } 5764 5765 if (Redeclaration) { 5766 // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be 5767 // merged. 5768 if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S)) { 5769 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5770 return Redeclaration; 5771 } 5772 5773 Previous.clear(); 5774 Previous.addDecl(OldDecl); 5775 5776 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl 5777 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 5778 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()); 5779 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl 5780 = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); 5781 assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch"); 5782 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method 5783 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) { 5784 Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 5785 NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 5786 } 5787 5788 // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function 5789 // template, mark it as a member specialization. 5790 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && 5791 NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { 5792 NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization(); 5793 assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization()); 5794 } 5795 5796 } else { 5797 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) // Set access for out-of-line definitions 5798 NewFD->setAccess(OldDecl->getAccess()); 5799 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl)); 5800 } 5801 } 5802 } 5803 5804 // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). 5805 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5806 // C++-specific checks. 5807 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 5808 CheckConstructor(Constructor); 5809 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = 5810 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 5811 CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent(); 5812 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 5813 5814 // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class 5815 // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that. 5816 if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) { 5817 DeclarationName Name 5818 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 5819 Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType)); 5820 if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) { 5821 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name); 5822 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5823 return Redeclaration; 5824 } 5825 } 5826 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion 5827 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 5828 ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); 5829 } 5830 5831 // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides. 5832 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 5833 if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 5834 !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 5835 if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) { 5836 // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem. 5837 if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 5838 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_overrides_virtual) 5839 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 5840 for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator 5841 Overridden = Method->begin_overridden_methods(), 5842 OverriddenEnd = Method->end_overridden_methods(); 5843 Overridden != OverriddenEnd; 5844 ++Overridden) { 5845 Diag((*Overridden)->getLocation(), 5846 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 5847 } 5848 } 5849 } 5850 } 5851 5852 if (Method->isStatic()) 5853 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method); 5854 } 5855 5856 // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). 5857 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && 5858 CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 5859 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5860 return Redeclaration; 5861 } 5862 5863 // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]). 5864 if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() && 5865 CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 5866 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5867 return Redeclaration; 5868 } 5869 5870 // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless 5871 // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done 5872 // during delayed parsing anyway. 5873 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) 5874 CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); 5875 5876 // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this 5877 // declaration against the expected type for the builtin. 5878 if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) { 5879 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 5880 QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error); 5881 if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) { 5882 // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin, 5883 // so forget about the builtin entirely. 5884 Context.BuiltinInfo.ForgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents); 5885 } 5886 } 5887 5888 // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if 5889 // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C 5890 // compatible, and if it does, warn the user. 5891 if (NewFD->isExternC()) { 5892 QualType R = NewFD->getResultType(); 5893 if (!R.isPODType(Context) && 5894 !R->isVoidType()) 5895 Diag( NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt ) 5896 << NewFD << R; 5897 } 5898 } 5899 return Redeclaration; 5900} 5901 5902void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) { 5903 // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3: A program that declares main to be inline, 5904 // static or constexpr is ill-formed. 5905 // C99 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, the inline function specifier 5906 // shall not appear in a declaration of main. 5907 // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it. 5908 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 5909 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 5910 ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main) 5911 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5912 if (FD->isInlineSpecified()) 5913 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main) 5914 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc()); 5915 if (FD->isConstexpr()) { 5916 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main) 5917 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc()); 5918 FD->setConstexpr(false); 5919 } 5920 5921 QualType T = FD->getType(); 5922 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 5923 const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 5924 5925 // All the standards say that main() should should return 'int'. 5926 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getResultType(), Context.IntTy)) { 5927 // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end; 5928 // set the flag which tells us that. 5929 // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3. 5930 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 5931 5932 // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return 5933 // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the 5934 // implicit-return-zero rule. 5935 } else if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5936 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint); 5937 5938 // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error. 5939 } else { 5940 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint); 5941 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 5942 } 5943 5944 // Treat protoless main() as nullary. 5945 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return; 5946 5947 const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT); 5948 unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumArgs(); 5949 assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams); 5950 5951 bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3); 5952 5953 // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If 5954 // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start 5955 // getting shifty. 5956 if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) 5957 HasExtraParameters = false; 5958 5959 if (HasExtraParameters) { 5960 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams; 5961 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 5962 nparams = 3; 5963 } 5964 5965 // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved 5966 // if we had some location information about types. 5967 5968 QualType CharPP = 5969 Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy)); 5970 QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP }; 5971 5972 for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) { 5973 QualType AT = FTP->getArgType(i); 5974 5975 bool mismatch = true; 5976 5977 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i])) 5978 mismatch = false; 5979 else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) { 5980 // As an extension, the following forms are okay: 5981 // char const ** 5982 // char const * const * 5983 // char * const * 5984 5985 QualifierCollector qs; 5986 const PointerType* PT; 5987 if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) && 5988 (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) && 5989 (QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0) == Context.CharTy)) { 5990 qs.removeConst(); 5991 mismatch = !qs.empty(); 5992 } 5993 } 5994 5995 if (mismatch) { 5996 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i]; 5997 // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type 5998 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 5999 } 6000 } 6001 6002 if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6003 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg); 6004 } 6005 6006 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 6007 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_template_decl); 6008 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 6009 } 6010} 6011 6012bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { 6013 // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for 6014 // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or 6015 // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list, 6016 // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated 6017 // expressions. Everything else falls under the 6018 // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. 6019 // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression 6020 // rules there don't matter.) 6021 if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false)) 6022 return false; 6023 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) 6024 << Init->getSourceRange(); 6025 return true; 6026} 6027 6028namespace { 6029 // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in 6030 // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does. 6031 class SelfReferenceChecker 6032 : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> { 6033 Sema &S; 6034 Decl *OrigDecl; 6035 bool isRecordType; 6036 bool isPODType; 6037 6038 public: 6039 typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited; 6040 6041 SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context), 6042 S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) { 6043 isPODType = false; 6044 isRecordType = false; 6045 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) { 6046 isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context); 6047 isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType(); 6048 } 6049 } 6050 6051 void VisitExpr(Expr *E) { 6052 if (isa<ObjCMessageExpr>(*E)) return; 6053 if (isRecordType) { 6054 Expr *expr = E; 6055 if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) { 6056 ValueDecl *VD = ME->getMemberDecl(); 6057 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(VD) || isa<VarDecl>(VD)) return; 6058 expr = ME->getBase(); 6059 } 6060 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(expr)) { 6061 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 6062 return; 6063 } 6064 } 6065 Inherited::VisitExpr(E); 6066 } 6067 6068 void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) { 6069 if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return; 6070 ValueDecl *VD = E->getMemberDecl(); 6071 if (isa<FieldDecl>(VD) || isa<CXXMethodDecl>(VD)) 6072 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE 6073 = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts())) { 6074 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 6075 return; 6076 } 6077 Inherited::VisitMemberExpr(E); 6078 } 6079 6080 void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { 6081 if ((!isRecordType &&E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) || 6082 (isRecordType && E->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp)) { 6083 Expr* SubExpr = E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 6084 if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(SubExpr)) 6085 SubExpr = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 6086 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(SubExpr)) { 6087 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 6088 return; 6089 } 6090 } 6091 Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E); 6092 } 6093 6094 void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) { 6095 // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined. 6096 if (isRecordType && isPODType) return; 6097 Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E); 6098 } 6099 6100 void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) { 6101 Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl(); 6102 if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return; 6103 LookupResult Result(S, DRE->getNameInfo(), Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, 6104 Sema::NotForRedeclaration); 6105 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE, 6106 S.PDiag(diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init) 6107 << Result.getLookupName() 6108 << OrigDecl->getLocation() 6109 << DRE->getSourceRange()); 6110 } 6111 }; 6112} 6113 6114/// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E. 6115void Sema::CheckSelfReference(Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E) { 6116 SelfReferenceChecker(*this, OrigDecl).VisitExpr(E); 6117} 6118 6119/// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the 6120/// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct 6121/// initialization rather than copy initialization. 6122void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, 6123 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 6124 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore 6125 // the initializer. 6126 if (RealDecl == 0 || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 6127 return; 6128 6129 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { 6130 // With declarators parsed the way they are, the parser cannot 6131 // distinguish between a normal initializer and a pure-specifier. 6132 // Thus this grotesque test. 6133 IntegerLiteral *IL; 6134 if ((IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Init)) && IL->getValue() == 0 && 6135 Context.getCanonicalType(IL->getType()) == Context.IntTy) 6136 CheckPureMethod(Method, Init->getSourceRange()); 6137 else { 6138 Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) 6139 << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); 6140 Method->setInvalidDecl(); 6141 } 6142 return; 6143 } 6144 6145 VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); 6146 if (!VDecl) { 6147 assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here"); 6148 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); 6149 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6150 return; 6151 } 6152 6153 // Check for self-references within variable initializers. 6154 // Variables declared within a function/method body are handled 6155 // by a dataflow analysis. 6156 if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() && !VDecl->isStaticLocal()) 6157 CheckSelfReference(RealDecl, Init); 6158 6159 ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init); 6160 6161 // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. 6162 if (TypeMayContainAuto && VDecl->getType()->getContainedAutoType()) { 6163 Expr *DeduceInit = Init; 6164 // Initializer could be a C++ direct-initializer. Deduction only works if it 6165 // contains exactly one expression. 6166 if (CXXDirectInit) { 6167 if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() == 0) { 6168 // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to 6169 // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);" 6170 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(), 6171 diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression) 6172 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 6173 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 6174 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6175 return; 6176 } else if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() > 1) { 6177 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getExpr(1)->getLocStart(), 6178 diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions) 6179 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 6180 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 6181 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6182 return; 6183 } else { 6184 DeduceInit = CXXDirectInit->getExpr(0); 6185 } 6186 } 6187 TypeSourceInfo *DeducedType = 0; 6188 if (DeduceAutoType(VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), DeduceInit, DeducedType) == 6189 DAR_Failed) 6190 DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit); 6191 if (!DeducedType) { 6192 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6193 return; 6194 } 6195 VDecl->setTypeSourceInfo(DeducedType); 6196 VDecl->setType(DeducedType->getType()); 6197 VDecl->ClearLinkageCache(); 6198 6199 // In ARC, infer lifetime. 6200 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl)) 6201 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6202 6203 // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches 6204 // the previously declared type. 6205 if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) 6206 MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old); 6207 } 6208 6209 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { 6210 // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect. 6211 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); 6212 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6213 return; 6214 } 6215 6216 if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) { 6217 // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be 6218 // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by 6219 // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction. 6220 QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType(); 6221 if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType)) 6222 BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType(); 6223 if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType, 6224 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 6225 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6226 return; 6227 } 6228 6229 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 6230 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), 6231 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 6232 AbstractVariableType)) 6233 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6234 } 6235 6236 const VarDecl *Def; 6237 if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) { 6238 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 6239 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 6240 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 6241 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6242 return; 6243 } 6244 6245 const VarDecl* PrevInit = 0; 6246 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6247 // C++ [class.static.data]p4 6248 // If a static data member is of const integral or const 6249 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 6250 // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral 6251 // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear 6252 // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be 6253 // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the 6254 // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer. 6255 // 6256 // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static 6257 // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class 6258 // declaration with an initializer. 6259 if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getAnyInitializer(PrevInit)) { 6260 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 6261 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 6262 Diag(PrevInit->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 6263 return; 6264 } 6265 6266 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 6267 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 6268 6269 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) { 6270 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6271 return; 6272 } 6273 } 6274 6275 // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside 6276 // a kernel function cannot be initialized." 6277 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal) { 6278 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init); 6279 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6280 return; 6281 } 6282 6283 // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since 6284 // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. 6285 QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; 6286 6287 // Top-level message sends default to 'id' when we're in a debugger 6288 // and we are assigning it to a variable of 'id' type. 6289 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCIdType()) 6290 if (Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy && isa<ObjCMessageExpr>(Init)) { 6291 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 6292 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 6293 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6294 return; 6295 } 6296 Init = Result.take(); 6297 } 6298 6299 // Perform the initialization. 6300 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 6301 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 6302 InitializationKind Kind 6303 = DirectInit ? 6304 CXXDirectInit ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(), 6305 Init->getLocStart(), 6306 Init->getLocEnd()) 6307 : InitializationKind::CreateDirectList( 6308 VDecl->getLocation()) 6309 : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(), 6310 Init->getLocStart()); 6311 6312 Expr **Args = &Init; 6313 unsigned NumArgs = 1; 6314 if (CXXDirectInit) { 6315 Args = CXXDirectInit->getExprs(); 6316 NumArgs = CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs(); 6317 } 6318 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, NumArgs); 6319 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 6320 MultiExprArg(*this, Args,NumArgs), 6321 &DclT); 6322 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 6323 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6324 return; 6325 } 6326 6327 Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>(); 6328 } 6329 6330 // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was 6331 // completed by the initializer. For example: 6332 // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; 6333 // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. 6334 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) 6335 VDecl->setType(DclT); 6336 6337 // Check any implicit conversions within the expression. 6338 CheckImplicitConversions(Init, VDecl->getLocation()); 6339 6340 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 6341 checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init); 6342 6343 Init = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init); 6344 // Attach the initializer to the decl. 6345 VDecl->setInit(Init); 6346 6347 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) { 6348 // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has 6349 // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals. 6350 // C++ does not have this restriction. 6351 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && 6352 VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 6353 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 6354 } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && 6355 VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 6356 // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., 6357 // 6358 // struct S { 6359 // static const int value = 17; 6360 // }; 6361 6362 // C++ [class.mem]p4: 6363 // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only 6364 // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or 6365 // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. 6366 // 6367 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: 6368 // If a non-volatile const static data member is of integral or 6369 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 6370 // specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause 6371 // that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static 6372 // data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition 6373 // with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a 6374 // brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is 6375 // an assignment-expression is a constant expression. 6376 6377 // Do nothing on dependent types. 6378 if (DclT->isDependentType()) { 6379 6380 // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal 6381 // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal 6382 // type. 6383 } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) { 6384 6385 // Require constness. 6386 } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) { 6387 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const) 6388 << Init->getSourceRange(); 6389 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6390 6391 // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases. 6392 } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 6393 // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. 6394 SourceLocation Loc; 6395 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x && DclT.isVolatileQualified()) 6396 // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an 6397 // in-class initializer cannot be volatile. 6398 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile); 6399 else if (Init->isValueDependent()) 6400 ; // Nothing to check. 6401 else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc)) 6402 ; // Ok, it's an ICE! 6403 else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 6404 // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it, 6405 // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic. 6406 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 6407 << Init->getSourceRange(); 6408 } else { 6409 // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case. Report the issue at the 6410 // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check. 6411 Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 6412 << Init->getSourceRange(); 6413 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6414 } 6415 6416 // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension. 6417 } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok 6418 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type) 6419 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 6420 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x) 6421 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), 6422 diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_constexpr) 6423 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 6424 6425 if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 6426 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 6427 << Init->getSourceRange(); 6428 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6429 } 6430 6431 // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types. 6432 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x && DclT->isLiteralType()) { 6433 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type) 6434 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange() 6435 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 6436 VDecl->setConstexpr(true); 6437 6438 } else { 6439 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type) 6440 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 6441 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6442 } 6443 } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { 6444 if (VDecl->getStorageClassAsWritten() == SC_Extern && 6445 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 6446 !Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified())) 6447 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); 6448 6449 // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. 6450 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 6451 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 6452 } 6453 6454 // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization: 6455 // int x(1); -as-> int x = 1; 6456 // ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c); 6457 // 6458 // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for 6459 // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle(). 6460 // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which 6461 // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without 6462 // special case code. 6463 6464 // C++ 8.5p11: 6465 // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally 6466 // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a 6467 // class type. 6468 if (CXXDirectInit) { 6469 assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init."); 6470 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 6471 } else if (DirectInit) { 6472 // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization. 6473 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit); 6474 } 6475 6476 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl); 6477} 6478 6479/// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an 6480/// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form 6481/// of sanity. 6482void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) { 6483 // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a 6484 // variable's type is either dependent or complete". 6485 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return; 6486 6487 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 6488 if (!VD) return; 6489 6490 // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer. 6491 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) { 6492 D->setInvalidDecl(); 6493 return; 6494 } 6495 6496 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 6497 if (Ty->isDependentType()) return; 6498 6499 // Require a complete type. 6500 if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(), 6501 Context.getBaseElementType(Ty), 6502 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 6503 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 6504 return; 6505 } 6506 6507 // Require an abstract type. 6508 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty, 6509 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 6510 AbstractVariableType)) { 6511 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 6512 return; 6513 } 6514 6515 // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors, 6516 // though. 6517} 6518 6519void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl, 6520 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 6521 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. 6522 if (RealDecl == 0) 6523 return; 6524 6525 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 6526 QualType Type = Var->getType(); 6527 6528 // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3 6529 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) { 6530 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init) 6531 << Var->getDeclName() << Type; 6532 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 6533 return; 6534 } 6535 6536 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with 6537 // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify 6538 // a brace-or-equal-initializer. 6539 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to 6540 // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data 6541 // member. 6542 if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 6543 if (Var->isStaticDataMember()) 6544 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 6545 diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init) 6546 << Var->getDeclName(); 6547 else 6548 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl); 6549 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 6550 return; 6551 } 6552 6553 switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 6554 case VarDecl::Definition: 6555 if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer()) 6556 break; 6557 6558 // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member 6559 // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like 6560 // a declaration. 6561 // 6562 // Fall through 6563 6564 case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly: 6565 // It's only a declaration. 6566 6567 // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is 6568 // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the 6569 // object shall be complete. 6570 if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() && 6571 !Var->getLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 6572 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 6573 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) 6574 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 6575 6576 // Make sure that the type is not abstract. 6577 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 6578 RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 6579 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 6580 AbstractVariableType)) 6581 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 6582 return; 6583 6584 case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition: 6585 // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an 6586 // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a 6587 // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", 6588 // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with 6589 // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). 6590 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) { 6591 if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT 6592 = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) { 6593 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 6594 ArrayT->getElementType(), 6595 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type)) 6596 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 6597 } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 6598 // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is 6599 // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the 6600 // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. 6601 // NOTE: code such as the following 6602 // static struct s; 6603 // struct s { int a; }; 6604 // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of 6605 // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration. 6606 // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration. 6607 if (Var->getPreviousDecl() == 0) 6608 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 6609 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type); 6610 } 6611 } 6612 6613 // Record the tentative definition; we're done. 6614 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) 6615 TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var); 6616 return; 6617 } 6618 6619 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 6620 // definitions with incomplete array type. 6621 if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 6622 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 6623 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer); 6624 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 6625 return; 6626 } 6627 6628 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 6629 // definitions with reference type. 6630 if (Type->isReferenceType()) { 6631 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) 6632 << Var->getDeclName() 6633 << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); 6634 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 6635 return; 6636 } 6637 6638 // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a 6639 // variable with dependent type. 6640 if (Type->isDependentType()) 6641 return; 6642 6643 if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) 6644 return; 6645 6646 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 6647 Context.getBaseElementType(Type), 6648 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 6649 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 6650 return; 6651 } 6652 6653 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 6654 if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 6655 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 6656 AbstractVariableType)) { 6657 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 6658 return; 6659 } 6660 6661 // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x 6662 // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic 6663 // storage duration", not a "local variable". 6664 // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3 6665 // A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic 6666 // storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is 6667 // ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a 6668 // trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified 6669 // version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding 6670 // types and is declared without an initializer. 6671 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) { 6672 if (const RecordType *Record 6673 = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) { 6674 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl()); 6675 // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of 6676 // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose 6677 // incompatibilities with C++98. 6678 if (!CXXRecord->isPOD()) 6679 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 6680 } 6681 } 6682 6683 // C++03 [dcl.init]p9: 6684 // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the 6685 // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or 6686 // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if 6687 // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class 6688 // type shall have a user-declared default 6689 // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for 6690 // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if 6691 // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object 6692 // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the 6693 // program is ill-formed. 6694 // C++0x [dcl.init]p11: 6695 // If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is 6696 // default-initialized; [...]. 6697 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var); 6698 InitializationKind Kind 6699 = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation()); 6700 6701 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, 0, 0); 6702 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 6703 MultiExprArg(*this, 0, 0)); 6704 if (Init.isInvalid()) 6705 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 6706 else if (Init.get()) { 6707 Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get())); 6708 // This is important for template substitution. 6709 Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 6710 } 6711 6712 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var); 6713 } 6714} 6715 6716void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) { 6717 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 6718 if (!VD) { 6719 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var); 6720 D->setInvalidDecl(); 6721 return; 6722 } 6723 6724 VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 6725 6726 // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier. 6727 int Error = -1; 6728 switch (VD->getStorageClassAsWritten()) { 6729 case SC_None: 6730 break; 6731 case SC_Extern: 6732 Error = 0; 6733 break; 6734 case SC_Static: 6735 Error = 1; 6736 break; 6737 case SC_PrivateExtern: 6738 Error = 2; 6739 break; 6740 case SC_Auto: 6741 Error = 3; 6742 break; 6743 case SC_Register: 6744 Error = 4; 6745 break; 6746 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 6747 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected storage class"); 6748 } 6749 if (VD->isConstexpr()) 6750 Error = 5; 6751 if (Error != -1) { 6752 Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class) 6753 << VD->getDeclName() << Error; 6754 D->setInvalidDecl(); 6755 } 6756} 6757 6758void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) { 6759 if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return; 6760 6761 // In ARC, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a 6762 // local retaining variable. 6763 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 6764 var->hasLocalStorage()) { 6765 switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) { 6766 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 6767 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 6768 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 6769 break; 6770 6771 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 6772 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 6773 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 6774 break; 6775 } 6776 } 6777 6778 // All the following checks are C++ only. 6779 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) return; 6780 6781 QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(var->getType()); 6782 if (baseType->isDependentType()) return; 6783 6784 // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer. 6785 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6786 // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an 6787 // array type; should we diagnose that here? 6788 6789 // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when 6790 // constructing this copy. 6791 QualType type = var->getType(); 6792 6793 if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) { 6794 SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation(); 6795 Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi); 6796 ExprResult result = 6797 PerformCopyInitialization( 6798 InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false), 6799 poi, Owned(varRef)); 6800 if (!result.isInvalid()) { 6801 result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result); 6802 Expr *init = result.takeAs<Expr>(); 6803 Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init); 6804 } 6805 } 6806 } 6807 6808 Expr *Init = var->getInit(); 6809 bool IsGlobal = var->hasGlobalStorage() && !var->isStaticLocal(); 6810 6811 if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && Init) { 6812 if (IsGlobal && !var->isConstexpr() && 6813 getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_global_constructor, 6814 var->getLocation()) 6815 != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored && 6816 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, baseType->isReferenceType())) 6817 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor) 6818 << Init->getSourceRange(); 6819 6820 if (var->isConstexpr()) { 6821 llvm::SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; 6822 if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) { 6823 SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation(); 6824 // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source 6825 // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic. 6826 if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() == 6827 diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) { 6828 DiagLoc = Notes[0].first; 6829 Notes.clear(); 6830 } 6831 Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init) 6832 << var << Init->getSourceRange(); 6833 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I) 6834 Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second); 6835 } 6836 } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) { 6837 // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or 6838 // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was 6839 // initialized by a constant expression if we check later. 6840 var->checkInitIsICE(); 6841 } 6842 } 6843 6844 // Require the destructor. 6845 if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>()) 6846 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType); 6847} 6848 6849/// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform 6850/// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached. 6851void 6852Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) { 6853 // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration. 6854 ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl); 6855} 6856 6857Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 6858Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 6859 Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls) { 6860 SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; 6861 6862 if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned()) 6863 Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl()); 6864 6865 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) 6866 if (Decl *D = Group[i]) 6867 Decls.push_back(D); 6868 6869 return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls.data(), Decls.size(), 6870 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_auto); 6871} 6872 6873/// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration 6874/// group, performing any necessary semantic checking. 6875Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 6876Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls, 6877 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 6878 // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7: 6879 // If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each 6880 // deduction, the program is ill-formed. 6881 // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed 6882 // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for. 6883 // auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 }; 6884 // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases. 6885 if (TypeMayContainAuto && NumDecls > 1) { 6886 QualType Deduced; 6887 CanQualType DeducedCanon; 6888 VarDecl *DeducedDecl = 0; 6889 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) { 6890 if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) { 6891 AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 6892 // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template. 6893 if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl()) 6894 break; 6895 if (AT && AT->isDeduced()) { 6896 QualType U = AT->getDeducedType(); 6897 CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U); 6898 if (Deduced.isNull()) { 6899 Deduced = U; 6900 DeducedCanon = UCanon; 6901 DeducedDecl = D; 6902 } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) { 6903 Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 6904 diag::err_auto_different_deductions) 6905 << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName() 6906 << U << D->getDeclName() 6907 << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange() 6908 << D->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 6909 D->setInvalidDecl(); 6910 break; 6911 } 6912 } 6913 } 6914 } 6915 } 6916 6917 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, NumDecls)); 6918} 6919 6920 6921/// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() 6922/// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. 6923Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 6924 const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); 6925 6926 // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. 6927 // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'. 6928 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass = SC_None; 6929 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten = SC_None; 6930 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { 6931 StorageClass = SC_Register; 6932 StorageClassAsWritten = SC_Register; 6933 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 6934 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) { 6935 StorageClass = SC_Auto; 6936 StorageClassAsWritten = SC_Auto; 6937 } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 6938 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6939 diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); 6940 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 6941 } 6942 6943 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 6944 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 6945 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 6946 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 6947 << 0; 6948 6949 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 6950 6951 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 6952 QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType(); 6953 6954 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6955 // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this 6956 // parameter. 6957 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 6958 6959 // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 6960 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 6961 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) 6962 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 6963 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 6964 } 6965 } 6966 6967 // Ensure we have a valid name 6968 IdentifierInfo *II = 0; 6969 if (D.hasName()) { 6970 II = D.getIdentifier(); 6971 if (!II) { 6972 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name) 6973 << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName().getAsString(); 6974 D.setInvalidType(true); 6975 } 6976 } 6977 6978 // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x); 6979 if (II) { 6980 LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, 6981 ForRedeclaration); 6982 LookupName(R, S); 6983 if (R.isSingleResult()) { 6984 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 6985 if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 6986 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 6987 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 6988 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 6989 PrevDecl = 0; 6990 } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 6991 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; 6992 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6993 6994 // Recover by removing the name 6995 II = 0; 6996 D.SetIdentifier(0, D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6997 D.setInvalidType(true); 6998 } 6999 } 7000 } 7001 7002 // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not 7003 // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally 7004 // looking like class members in C++. 7005 ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 7006 D.getLocStart(), 7007 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 7008 parmDeclType, TInfo, 7009 StorageClass, StorageClassAsWritten); 7010 7011 if (D.isInvalidType()) 7012 New->setInvalidDecl(); 7013 7014 assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()); 7015 assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1); 7016 New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1, 7017 S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex()); 7018 7019 // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. 7020 S->AddDecl(New); 7021 if (II) 7022 IdResolver.AddDecl(New); 7023 7024 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D); 7025 7026 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 7027 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 7028 << 1 << New->getDeclName() 7029 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 7030 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 7031 7032 if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 7033 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 7034 } 7035 return New; 7036} 7037 7038/// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a 7039/// typedef. 7040ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 7041 SourceLocation Loc, 7042 QualType T) { 7043 /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc. 7044 Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source 7045 location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */ 7046 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, 0, 7047 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc), 7048 SC_None, SC_None, 0); 7049 Param->setImplicit(); 7050 return Param; 7051} 7052 7053void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 7054 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) { 7055 // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we 7056 // will already have done so in the template itself. 7057 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) 7058 return; 7059 7060 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 7061 if (!(*Param)->isReferenced() && (*Param)->getDeclName() && 7062 !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { 7063 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter) 7064 << (*Param)->getDeclName(); 7065 } 7066 } 7067} 7068 7069void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 7070 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd, 7071 QualType ReturnTy, 7072 NamedDecl *D) { 7073 if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check. 7074 return; 7075 7076 // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 7077 // threshold. 7078 if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) { 7079 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity(); 7080 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 7081 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) 7082 << D->getDeclName() << Size; 7083 } 7084 7085 // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 7086 // threshold. 7087 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 7088 QualType T = (*Param)->getType(); 7089 if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context)) 7090 continue; 7091 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity(); 7092 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 7093 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size) 7094 << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size; 7095 } 7096} 7097 7098ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 7099 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 7100 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 7101 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass, 7102 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten) { 7103 // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types. 7104 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 7105 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 7106 T->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 7107 7108 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime; 7109 7110 // Special cases for arrays: 7111 // - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained 7112 // - otherwise, it's an error 7113 if (T->isArrayType()) { 7114 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 7115 DelayedDiagnostics.add( 7116 sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType( 7117 NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false)); 7118 } 7119 lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; 7120 } else { 7121 lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 7122 } 7123 T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime); 7124 } 7125 7126 ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name, 7127 Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T), 7128 TSInfo, 7129 StorageClass, StorageClassAsWritten, 7130 0); 7131 7132 // Parameters can not be abstract class types. 7133 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 7134 // the class has been completely parsed. 7135 if (!CurContext->isRecord() && 7136 RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 7137 AbstractParamType)) 7138 New->setInvalidDecl(); 7139 7140 // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are 7141 // passed by reference. 7142 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 7143 Diag(NameLoc, 7144 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T 7145 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, "*"); 7146 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 7147 New->setType(T); 7148 } 7149 7150 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage 7151 // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." 7152 // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have 7153 // an address space. 7154 if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 7155 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space); 7156 New->setInvalidDecl(); 7157 } 7158 7159 return New; 7160} 7161 7162void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 7163 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { 7164 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 7165 7166 // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' 7167 // for a K&R function. 7168 if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { 7169 for (int i = FTI.NumArgs; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { 7170 --i; 7171 if (FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param == 0) { 7172 SmallString<256> Code; 7173 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) << " int " 7174 << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident->getName() 7175 << ";\n"; 7176 Diag(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) 7177 << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident 7178 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code.str()); 7179 7180 // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better 7181 // type. 7182 AttributeFactory attrs; 7183 DeclSpec DS(attrs); 7184 const char* PrevSpec; // unused 7185 unsigned DiagID; // unused 7186 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, 7187 PrevSpec, DiagID); 7188 Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext); 7189 ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc); 7190 FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); 7191 } 7192 } 7193 } 7194} 7195 7196Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D) { 7197 assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == 0 && "Function parsing confused"); 7198 assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!"); 7199 Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); 7200 7201 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition); 7202 Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, 7203 MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this)); 7204 return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP); 7205} 7206 7207static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 7208 // Don't warn about invalid declarations. 7209 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 7210 return false; 7211 7212 // Or declarations that aren't global. 7213 if (!FD->isGlobal()) 7214 return false; 7215 7216 // Don't warn about C++ member functions. 7217 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 7218 return false; 7219 7220 // Don't warn about 'main'. 7221 if (FD->isMain()) 7222 return false; 7223 7224 // Don't warn about inline functions. 7225 if (FD->isInlined()) 7226 return false; 7227 7228 // Don't warn about function templates. 7229 if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 7230 return false; 7231 7232 // Don't warn about function template specializations. 7233 if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 7234 return false; 7235 7236 bool MissingPrototype = true; 7237 for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl(); 7238 Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) { 7239 // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method 7240 // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. 7241 if (Prev->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 7242 continue; 7243 7244 MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType(); 7245 break; 7246 } 7247 7248 return MissingPrototype; 7249} 7250 7251void Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD) { 7252 // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition 7253 // was an extern inline function. 7254 const FunctionDecl *Definition; 7255 if (FD->isDefined(Definition) && 7256 !canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts())) { 7257 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() && 7258 Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) 7259 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline) 7260 << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 7261 else 7262 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); 7263 Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 7264 } 7265} 7266 7267Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) { 7268 // Clear the last template instantiation error context. 7269 LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation(); 7270 7271 if (!D) 7272 return D; 7273 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 7274 7275 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 7276 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 7277 else 7278 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 7279 7280 // Enter a new function scope 7281 PushFunctionScope(); 7282 7283 // See if this is a redefinition. 7284 if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed()) 7285 CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD); 7286 7287 // Builtin functions cannot be defined. 7288 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 7289 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 7290 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; 7291 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7292 } 7293 } 7294 7295 // The return type of a function definition must be complete 7296 // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). 7297 QualType ResultType = FD->getResultType(); 7298 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && 7299 !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 7300 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, 7301 diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) 7302 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7303 7304 // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: 7305 // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous 7306 // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the 7307 // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect 7308 // global functions that fail to be declared in header files. 7309 if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD)) 7310 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; 7311 7312 if (FnBodyScope) 7313 PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); 7314 7315 // Check the validity of our function parameters 7316 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 7317 /*CheckParameterNames=*/true); 7318 7319 // Introduce our parameters into the function scope 7320 for (unsigned p = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); p < NumParams; ++p) { 7321 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(p); 7322 Param->setOwningFunction(FD); 7323 7324 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 7325 if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) { 7326 CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param); 7327 7328 PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); 7329 } 7330 } 7331 7332 // If we had any tags defined in the function prototype, 7333 // introduce them into the function scope. 7334 if (FnBodyScope) { 7335 for (llvm::ArrayRef<NamedDecl*>::iterator I = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().begin(), 7336 E = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().end(); I != E; ++I) { 7337 NamedDecl *D = *I; 7338 7339 // Some of these decls (like enums) may have been pinned to the translation unit 7340 // for lack of a real context earlier. If so, remove from the translation unit 7341 // and reattach to the current context. 7342 if (D->getLexicalDeclContext() == Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()) { 7343 // Is the decl actually in the context? 7344 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator DI = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls_begin(), 7345 DE = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls_end(); DI != DE; ++DI) { 7346 if (*DI == D) { 7347 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->removeDecl(D); 7348 break; 7349 } 7350 } 7351 // Either way, reassign the lexical decl context to our FunctionDecl. 7352 D->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 7353 } 7354 7355 // If the decl has a non-null name, make accessible in the current scope. 7356 if (!D->getName().empty()) 7357 PushOnScopeChains(D, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 7358 7359 // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them 7360 // accessible in this scope. 7361 if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) { 7362 for (EnumDecl::enumerator_iterator EI = ED->enumerator_begin(), 7363 EE = ED->enumerator_end(); EI != EE; ++EI) 7364 PushOnScopeChains(&*EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 7365 } 7366 } 7367 } 7368 7369 // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated. 7370 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) 7371 ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT); 7372 7373 // Checking attributes of current function definition 7374 // dllimport attribute. 7375 DLLImportAttr *DA = FD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 7376 if (DA && (!FD->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>())) { 7377 // dllimport attribute cannot be directly applied to definition. 7378 // Microsoft accepts dllimport for functions defined within class scope. 7379 if (!DA->isInherited() && 7380 !(LangOpts.MicrosoftExt && FD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 7381 Diag(FD->getLocation(), 7382 diag::err_attribute_can_be_applied_only_to_symbol_declaration) 7383 << "dllimport"; 7384 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7385 return FD; 7386 } 7387 7388 // Visual C++ appears to not think this is an issue, so only issue 7389 // a warning when Microsoft extensions are disabled. 7390 if (!LangOpts.MicrosoftExt) { 7391 // If a symbol previously declared dllimport is later defined, the 7392 // attribute is ignored in subsequent references, and a warning is 7393 // emitted. 7394 Diag(FD->getLocation(), 7395 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) 7396 << FD->getName() << "dllimport"; 7397 } 7398 } 7399 return FD; 7400} 7401 7402/// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body, 7403/// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value 7404/// optimization. 7405/// 7406/// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value 7407/// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any 7408/// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can 7409/// use the named return value optimization. 7410/// 7411/// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return 7412/// statement in the function has the same NRVO candidate, that candidate is 7413/// the NRVO variable. 7414/// 7415/// FIXME: Employ a smarter algorithm that accounts for multiple return 7416/// statements and the lifetimes of the NRVO candidates. We should be able to 7417/// find a maximal set of NRVO variables. 7418void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) { 7419 ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data(); 7420 7421 const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = 0; 7422 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) { 7423 if (!Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) 7424 return; 7425 7426 if (!NRVOCandidate) 7427 NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate(); 7428 else if (NRVOCandidate != Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) 7429 return; 7430 } 7431 7432 if (NRVOCandidate) 7433 const_cast<VarDecl*>(NRVOCandidate)->setNRVOVariable(true); 7434} 7435 7436Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) { 7437 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, move(BodyArg), false); 7438} 7439 7440Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body, 7441 bool IsInstantiation) { 7442 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 7443 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl); 7444 if (FunTmpl) 7445 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 7446 else 7447 FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(dcl); 7448 7449 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); 7450 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = 0; 7451 7452 if (FD) { 7453 FD->setBody(Body); 7454 7455 // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked, 7456 // don't complain about missing return statements. 7457 if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) 7458 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 7459 7460 // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition, 7461 // defined at class scope, warn about this non standard construct. 7462 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure()) 7463 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_pure_function_definition); 7464 7465 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7466 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end()); 7467 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 7468 FD->getResultType(), FD); 7469 7470 // If this is a constructor, we need a vtable. 7471 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) 7472 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent()); 7473 7474 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 7475 } 7476 7477 assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) && 7478 "Function parsing confused"); 7479 } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { 7480 assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); 7481 MD->setBody(Body); 7482 if (Body) 7483 MD->setEndLoc(Body->getLocEnd()); 7484 if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7485 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end()); 7486 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(), 7487 MD->getResultType(), MD); 7488 7489 if (Body) 7490 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 7491 } 7492 if (ObjCShouldCallSuperDealloc) { 7493 Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_dealloc); 7494 ObjCShouldCallSuperDealloc = false; 7495 } 7496 if (ObjCShouldCallSuperFinalize) { 7497 Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_finalize); 7498 ObjCShouldCallSuperFinalize = false; 7499 } 7500 } else { 7501 return 0; 7502 } 7503 7504 assert(!ObjCShouldCallSuperDealloc && "This should only be set for " 7505 "ObjC methods, which should have been handled in the block above."); 7506 assert(!ObjCShouldCallSuperFinalize && "This should only be set for " 7507 "ObjC methods, which should have been handled in the block above."); 7508 7509 // Verify and clean out per-function state. 7510 if (Body) { 7511 // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return 7512 // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14) 7513 // Verify this. 7514 if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body)) 7515 DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)); 7516 7517 // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 7518 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() && 7519 !dcl->isInvalidDecl() && 7520 !hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction()) 7521 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body); 7522 7523 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) { 7524 if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType()) 7525 CheckDestructor(Destructor); 7526 7527 MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(), 7528 Destructor->getParent()); 7529 } 7530 7531 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 7532 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 7533 // deletion in some later function. 7534 if (PP.getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() || 7535 PP.getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) { 7536 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 7537 } else if (!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { 7538 // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are 7539 // enabled. 7540 ActivePolicy = &WP; 7541 } 7542 7543 if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 7544 (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) || 7545 !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body))) 7546 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7547 7548 assert(ExprCleanupObjects.empty() && "Leftover temporaries in function"); 7549 assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "Unaccounted cleanups in function"); 7550 assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() && 7551 "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking"); 7552 } 7553 7554 if (!IsInstantiation) 7555 PopDeclContext(); 7556 7557 PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl); 7558 7559 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 7560 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 7561 // deletion in some later function. 7562 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) { 7563 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 7564 } 7565 7566 return dcl; 7567} 7568 7569 7570/// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the 7571/// relevant Decl. 7572void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, 7573 ParsedAttributes &Attrs) { 7574 // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl. 7575 if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) 7576 D = TD->getTemplatedDecl(); 7577 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList()); 7578 7579 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 7580 if (Method->isStatic()) 7581 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method); 7582} 7583 7584 7585/// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function 7586/// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). 7587NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, 7588 IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 7589 // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined 7590 // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of 7591 // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that 7592 // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. 7593 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 7594 = findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(&II); 7595 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) { 7596 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << Pos->second; 7597 Diag(Pos->second->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 7598 return Pos->second; 7599 } 7600 7601 // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. 7602 unsigned diag_id; 7603 if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 7604 diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown; 7605 else if (getLangOpts().C99) 7606 diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl; 7607 else 7608 diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl; 7609 Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II; 7610 7611 // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit 7612 // function declaration is going to be treated as an error. 7613 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) { 7614 TypoCorrection Corrected; 7615 DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl> Validator; 7616 if (S && (Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc), 7617 LookupOrdinaryName, S, 0, Validator))) { 7618 std::string CorrectedStr = Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()); 7619 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr = Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOpts()); 7620 FunctionDecl *Func = Corrected.getCorrectionDeclAs<FunctionDecl>(); 7621 7622 Diag(Loc, diag::note_function_suggestion) << CorrectedQuotedStr 7623 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Loc, CorrectedStr); 7624 7625 if (Func->getLocation().isValid() 7626 && !II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 7627 Diag(Func->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 7628 << CorrectedQuotedStr; 7629 } 7630 } 7631 7632 // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); 7633 const char *Dummy; 7634 AttributeFactory attrFactory; 7635 DeclSpec DS(attrFactory); 7636 unsigned DiagID; 7637 bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID); 7638 (void)Error; // Silence warning. 7639 assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); 7640 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext); 7641 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(false, false, SourceLocation(), 0, 7642 0, 0, true, SourceLocation(), 7643 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 7644 SourceLocation(), 7645 EST_None, SourceLocation(), 7646 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, Loc, Loc, D), 7647 DS.getAttributes(), 7648 SourceLocation()); 7649 D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); 7650 7651 // Insert this function into translation-unit scope. 7652 7653 DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext; 7654 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 7655 7656 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D)); 7657 FD->setImplicit(); 7658 7659 CurContext = PrevDC; 7660 7661 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); 7662 7663 return FD; 7664} 7665 7666/// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on 7667/// the declaration of this function. 7668/// 7669/// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins 7670/// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions 7671/// like NSLog or printf. 7672/// 7673/// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written 7674/// attributes are applied to declarations. 7675void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { 7676 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 7677 return; 7678 7679 // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to 7680 // actual attributes. 7681 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 7682 // Handle printf-formatting attributes. 7683 unsigned FormatIdx; 7684 bool HasVAListArg; 7685 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { 7686 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) { 7687 const char *fmt = "printf"; 7688 unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); 7689 if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf) 7690 FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 7691 fmt = "NSString"; 7692 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 7693 fmt, FormatIdx+1, 7694 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2)); 7695 } 7696 } 7697 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, 7698 HasVAListArg)) { 7699 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 7700 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 7701 "scanf", FormatIdx+1, 7702 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2)); 7703 } 7704 7705 // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only 7706 // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows 7707 // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions. 7708 if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno && 7709 Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) { 7710 if (!FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>()) 7711 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 7712 } 7713 7714 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) && 7715 !FD->getAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>()) 7716 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ReturnsTwiceAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 7717 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->getAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) 7718 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) NoThrowAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 7719 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>()) 7720 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 7721 } 7722 7723 IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); 7724 if (!Name) 7725 return; 7726 if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 7727 FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || 7728 (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && 7729 cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == 7730 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { 7731 // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know 7732 // about. 7733 } else 7734 return; 7735 7736 if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) { 7737 // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be 7738 // target-specific builtins, perhaps? 7739 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 7740 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 7741 "printf", 2, 7742 Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3)); 7743 } 7744} 7745 7746TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 7747 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { 7748 assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); 7749 assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); 7750 7751 if (!TInfo) { 7752 assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type"); 7753 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 7754 } 7755 7756 // Scope manipulation handled by caller. 7757 TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 7758 D.getLocStart(), 7759 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 7760 D.getIdentifier(), 7761 TInfo); 7762 7763 // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration. 7764 if (D.isInvalidType()) { 7765 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 7766 return NewTD; 7767 } 7768 7769 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 7770 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 7771 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 7772 << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName() 7773 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 7774 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 7775 else 7776 NewTD->setModulePrivate(); 7777 } 7778 7779 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8: 7780 // If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or 7781 // enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration 7782 // to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the 7783 // class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only. 7784 // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration. 7785 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) { 7786 case TST_enum: 7787 case TST_struct: 7788 case TST_union: 7789 case TST_class: { 7790 TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl()); 7791 7792 // Do nothing if the tag is not anonymous or already has an 7793 // associated typedef (from an earlier typedef in this decl group). 7794 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getIdentifier()) break; 7795 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) break; 7796 7797 // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition. 7798 assert(tagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition()); 7799 7800 // The type must match the tag exactly; no qualifiers allowed. 7801 if (!Context.hasSameType(T, Context.getTagDeclType(tagFromDeclSpec))) 7802 break; 7803 7804 // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag. 7805 tagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD); 7806 break; 7807 } 7808 7809 default: 7810 break; 7811 } 7812 7813 return NewTD; 7814} 7815 7816 7817/// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration. 7818bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) { 7819 SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 7820 QualType T = TI->getType(); 7821 7822 if (T->isDependentType() || T->isIntegralType(Context)) 7823 return false; 7824 7825 Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T; 7826 return true; 7827} 7828 7829/// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration. 7830/// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid. 7831bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, 7832 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, 7833 const EnumDecl *Prev) { 7834 bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull(); 7835 7836 if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) { 7837 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch) 7838 << Prev->isScoped(); 7839 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 7840 return true; 7841 } 7842 7843 if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) { 7844 if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() && 7845 !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() && 7846 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy, 7847 Prev->getIntegerType())) { 7848 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch) 7849 << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType(); 7850 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 7851 return true; 7852 } 7853 } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) { 7854 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch) 7855 << Prev->isFixed(); 7856 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 7857 return true; 7858 } 7859 7860 return false; 7861} 7862 7863/// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable 7864/// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration. 7865/// 7866/// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise. 7867bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 7868 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 7869 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 7870 const IdentifierInfo &Name) { 7871 // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3: 7872 // The class-key or enum keyword present in the 7873 // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the 7874 // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier 7875 // refers. This rule also applies to the form of 7876 // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or 7877 // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the 7878 // definition of the class. Thus, in any 7879 // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to 7880 // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be 7881 // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or 7882 // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9) 7883 // declared using the class or struct class-key. 7884 TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 7885 if (!isDefinition || (NewTag != TTK_Class && NewTag != TTK_Struct)) 7886 if (OldTag == NewTag) 7887 return true; 7888 7889 if ((OldTag == TTK_Struct || OldTag == TTK_Class) && 7890 (NewTag == TTK_Struct || NewTag == TTK_Class)) { 7891 // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch. 7892 bool isTemplate = false; 7893 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous)) 7894 isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 7895 7896 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 7897 // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches 7898 // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem. 7899 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 7900 << (NewTag == TTK_Class) << isTemplate << &Name; 7901 return true; 7902 } 7903 7904 if (isDefinition) { 7905 // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each 7906 // one that doesn't match the current tag. 7907 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 7908 // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions. 7909 return true; 7910 } 7911 7912 bool previousMismatch = false; 7913 for (TagDecl::redecl_iterator I(Previous->redecls_begin()), 7914 E(Previous->redecls_end()); I != E; ++I) { 7915 if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) { 7916 if (!previousMismatch) { 7917 previousMismatch = true; 7918 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch) 7919 << (NewTag == TTK_Class) << isTemplate << &Name; 7920 } 7921 Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 7922 << (NewTag == TTK_Class) 7923 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(), 7924 NewTag == TTK_Class? 7925 "class" : "struct"); 7926 } 7927 } 7928 return true; 7929 } 7930 7931 // Check for a previous definition. If current tag and definition 7932 // are same type, do nothing. If no definition, but disagree with 7933 // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it. 7934 const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ? 7935 Previous->getDefinition() : Previous; 7936 if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) { 7937 return true; 7938 } 7939 7940 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 7941 << (NewTag == TTK_Class) 7942 << isTemplate << &Name; 7943 Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 7944 7945 // If there is a previous defintion, suggest a fix-it. 7946 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 7947 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 7948 << (Redecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Class) 7949 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc), 7950 Redecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Class? "class" : "struct"); 7951 } 7952 7953 return true; 7954 } 7955 return false; 7956} 7957 7958/// ActOnTag - This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the 7959/// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. 7960/// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a 7961/// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. 7962Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 7963 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 7964 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 7965 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 7966 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 7967 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 7968 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 7969 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 7970 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, 7971 TypeResult UnderlyingType) { 7972 // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. 7973 IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name; 7974 assert((Name != 0 || TUK == TUK_Definition) && 7975 "Nameless record must be a definition!"); 7976 assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference); 7977 7978 OwnedDecl = false; 7979 TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec); 7980 bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid(); 7981 7982 // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully. 7983 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 7984 bool Invalid = false; 7985 7986 // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters 7987 // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work 7988 // for non-C++ cases. 7989 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 || 7990 (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) { 7991 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 7992 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, 7993 TemplateParameterLists.get(), 7994 TemplateParameterLists.size(), 7995 TUK == TUK_Friend, 7996 isExplicitSpecialization, 7997 Invalid)) { 7998 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 7999 // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may 8000 // be a member of another template). 8001 8002 if (Invalid) 8003 return 0; 8004 8005 OwnedDecl = false; 8006 DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, 8007 SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr, 8008 TemplateParams, AS, 8009 ModulePrivateLoc, 8010 TemplateParameterLists.size() - 1, 8011 (TemplateParameterList**) TemplateParameterLists.release()); 8012 return Result.get(); 8013 } else { 8014 // The "template<>" header is extraneous. 8015 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams) 8016 << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name; 8017 isExplicitSpecialization = true; 8018 } 8019 } 8020 } 8021 8022 // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do 8023 // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible 8024 // redeclaration. 8025 llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying; 8026 8027 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 8028 if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) 8029 // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the 8030 // type, default to int. 8031 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 8032 else if (UnderlyingType.get()) { 8033 // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an 8034 // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored. 8035 TypeSourceInfo *TI = 0; 8036 GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI); 8037 EnumUnderlying = TI; 8038 8039 if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI)) 8040 // Recover by falling back to int. 8041 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 8042 8043 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI, 8044 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType)) 8045 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 8046 8047 } else if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) 8048 // Microsoft enums are always of int type. 8049 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 8050 } 8051 8052 DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; 8053 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 8054 bool isStdBadAlloc = false; 8055 8056 RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration; 8057 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) 8058 Redecl = NotForRedeclaration; 8059 8060 LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl); 8061 8062 if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { 8063 // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). 8064 8065 // Check for invalid 'foo::'. 8066 if (SS.isInvalid()) { 8067 Name = 0; 8068 goto CreateNewDecl; 8069 } 8070 8071 // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent 8072 // context, don't try to make a decl for it. 8073 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 8074 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); 8075 if (!DC) { 8076 IsDependent = true; 8077 return 0; 8078 } 8079 } else { 8080 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true); 8081 if (!DC) { 8082 Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec) 8083 << SS.getRange(); 8084 return 0; 8085 } 8086 } 8087 8088 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) 8089 return 0; 8090 8091 SearchDC = DC; 8092 // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. 8093 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 8094 8095 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 8096 return 0; 8097 8098 if (Previous.empty()) { 8099 // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the 8100 // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation, 8101 // and that current instantiation has any dependent base 8102 // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat 8103 // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier. 8104 // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups. 8105 if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() && 8106 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 8107 IsDependent = true; 8108 return 0; 8109 } 8110 8111 // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. 8112 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) 8113 << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange(); 8114 Name = 0; 8115 Invalid = true; 8116 goto CreateNewDecl; 8117 } 8118 } else if (Name) { 8119 // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward 8120 // declaration or definition. 8121 // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we 8122 // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we 8123 // shouldn't be diagnosing. 8124 LookupName(Previous, S); 8125 8126 if (Previous.isAmbiguous() && 8127 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) { 8128 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 8129 while (F.hasNext()) { 8130 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 8131 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != SearchDC) 8132 F.erase(); 8133 } 8134 F.done(); 8135 } 8136 8137 // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here. 8138 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 8139 return 0; 8140 8141 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) { 8142 // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated 8143 // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching 8144 // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak 8145 // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? 8146 while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) 8147 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 8148 } 8149 } else if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { 8150 // If this is an enum declaration in function prototype scope, set its 8151 // initial context to the translation unit. 8152 // FIXME: [citation needed] 8153 SearchDC = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 8154 } 8155 8156 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 8157 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 8158 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 8159 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl()); 8160 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 8161 Previous.clear(); 8162 } 8163 8164 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace && 8165 DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) { 8166 // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc". 8167 isStdBadAlloc = true; 8168 8169 if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) { 8170 // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to 8171 // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous 8172 // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately. 8173 Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc()); 8174 } 8175 } 8176 8177 // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference 8178 // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we 8179 // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case 8180 // there's a shadow friend decl. 8181 if (Name && Previous.empty() && 8182 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 8183 if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl; 8184 assert(SS.isEmpty()); 8185 8186 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) { 8187 // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: 8188 // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form 8189 // 8190 // class-key identifier 8191 // 8192 // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the 8193 // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a 8194 // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is 8195 // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains 8196 // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend 8197 // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest 8198 // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the 8199 // declaration. 8200 // 8201 // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for 8202 // C structs and unions. 8203 // 8204 // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum 8205 // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll 8206 // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same 8207 // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type. 8208 // 8209 // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete 8210 // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. 8211 // 8212 // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. 8213 // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the 8214 // lexical context, 8215 while (!SearchDC->isFileContext() && !SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 8216 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 8217 8218 // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. 8219 while (S->isClassScope() || 8220 (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 8221 S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || 8222 ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 8223 (S->getEntity() && 8224 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext())) 8225 S = S->getParent(); 8226 } else { 8227 assert(TUK == TUK_Friend); 8228 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3: 8229 // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a 8230 // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of 8231 // the innermost enclosing namespace. 8232 SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 8233 } 8234 8235 // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly 8236 // diagnose some problems. 8237 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8238 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 8239 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC); 8240 } 8241 } 8242 8243 if (!Previous.empty()) { 8244 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = (*Previous.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 8245 8246 // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef 8247 // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this 8248 // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen 8249 // in C++. 8250 // 8251 // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is 8252 // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is 8253 // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue; 8254 // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407 8255 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8256 if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 8257 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { 8258 TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 8259 if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name && 8260 Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() 8261 ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) { 8262 PrevDecl = Tag; 8263 Previous.clear(); 8264 Previous.addDecl(Tag); 8265 Previous.resolveKind(); 8266 } 8267 } 8268 } 8269 } 8270 8271 if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 8272 // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared 8273 // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or 8274 // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. 8275 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || 8276 isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, isExplicitSpecialization)) { 8277 // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a 8278 // struct or something similar. 8279 if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, 8280 TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc, 8281 *Name)) { 8282 bool SafeToContinue 8283 = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum && 8284 Kind != TTK_Enum); 8285 if (SafeToContinue) 8286 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) 8287 << Name 8288 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), 8289 PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); 8290 else 8291 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; 8292 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 8293 8294 if (SafeToContinue) 8295 Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); 8296 else { 8297 // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. 8298 Name = 0; 8299 Previous.clear(); 8300 Invalid = true; 8301 } 8302 } 8303 8304 if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) { 8305 const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl); 8306 8307 // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration, 8308 // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted. 8309 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 8310 if (ScopedEnum) 8311 Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference) 8312 << PrevEnum->isScoped() 8313 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc); 8314 return PrevTagDecl; 8315 } 8316 8317 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy; 8318 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 8319 EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType(); 8320 else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>()) 8321 EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0); 8322 8323 // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by 8324 // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition, 8325 // in which case we want the caller to bail out. 8326 if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc, 8327 ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, PrevEnum)) 8328 return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : 0; 8329 } 8330 8331 if (!Invalid) { 8332 // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found. 8333 8334 // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue 8335 // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it. 8336 // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will 8337 // need to be changed with DeclGroups. 8338 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference && (!PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() || 8339 getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)) || TUK == TUK_Friend) 8340 return PrevTagDecl; 8341 8342 // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. 8343 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 8344 if (TagDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) { 8345 // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition 8346 // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error 8347 // here; we'll catch this in the general case below. 8348 bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false; 8349 if (isExplicitSpecialization) { 8350 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)) 8351 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 8352 RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 8353 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 8354 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def)) 8355 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 8356 ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 8357 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 8358 } 8359 8360 if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) { 8361 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't 8362 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning. 8363 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope()) 8364 Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name; 8365 else 8366 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; 8367 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 8368 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this 8369 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later 8370 // references get the previous definition. 8371 Name = 0; 8372 Previous.clear(); 8373 Invalid = true; 8374 } 8375 } else { 8376 // If the type is currently being defined, complain 8377 // about a nested redefinition. 8378 const TagType *Tag 8379 = cast<TagType>(Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)); 8380 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 8381 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; 8382 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), 8383 diag::note_previous_definition); 8384 Name = 0; 8385 Previous.clear(); 8386 Invalid = true; 8387 } 8388 } 8389 8390 // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced 8391 // tag PrevDecl. We're going to create a new Decl for it. 8392 } 8393 } 8394 // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we 8395 // have a definition. Just create a new decl. 8396 8397 } else { 8398 // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested 8399 // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a 8400 // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities 8401 // have distinct types. 8402 Previous.clear(); 8403 } 8404 // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl 8405 // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by 8406 // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. 8407 8408 8409 // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag 8410 // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few 8411 // things like templates still live in the tag namespace. 8412 } else { 8413 // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier 8414 // found the wrong kind of type on the first 8415 // (non-redeclaration) lookup. 8416 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) && 8417 !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) { 8418 unsigned Kind = 0; 8419 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 8420 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 8421 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 8422 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind; 8423 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 8424 Invalid = true; 8425 8426 // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope. 8427 } else if (!isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 8428 isExplicitSpecialization)) { 8429 // do nothing 8430 8431 // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types. 8432 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 8433 unsigned Kind = 0; 8434 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 8435 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 8436 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 8437 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind; 8438 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 8439 Invalid = true; 8440 8441 // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common 8442 // case here. 8443 } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 8444 unsigned Kind = 0; 8445 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 8446 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) 8447 << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType(); 8448 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 8449 Invalid = true; 8450 8451 // Otherwise, diagnose. 8452 } else { 8453 // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope, 8454 // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous. 8455 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; 8456 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 8457 Name = 0; 8458 Invalid = true; 8459 } 8460 8461 // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a 8462 // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. 8463 Previous.clear(); 8464 } 8465 } 8466 8467CreateNewDecl: 8468 8469 TagDecl *PrevDecl = 0; 8470 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) 8471 PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 8472 8473 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 8474 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 8475 // keyword. 8476 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 8477 8478 // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous 8479 // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via 8480 // PrevDecl. 8481 TagDecl *New; 8482 8483 bool IsForwardReference = false; 8484 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 8485 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 8486 // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. 8487 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 8488 cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum, 8489 ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull()); 8490 // If this is an undefined enum, warn. 8491 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) { 8492 TagDecl *Def; 8493 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x && cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) { 8494 // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration. 8495 // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing. 8496 } 8497 else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) { 8498 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def) 8499 << New; 8500 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 8501 } else { 8502 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; 8503 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) 8504 DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum; 8505 else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 8506 DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum; 8507 Diag(Loc, DiagID); 8508 8509 // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a 8510 // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into 8511 // the declaration context. 8512 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) 8513 IsForwardReference = true; 8514 } 8515 } 8516 8517 if (EnumUnderlying) { 8518 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 8519 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 8520 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 8521 else 8522 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0)); 8523 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 8524 } 8525 8526 } else { 8527 // struct/union/class 8528 8529 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 8530 // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. 8531 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8532 // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. 8533 New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 8534 cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 8535 8536 if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit())) 8537 StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New); 8538 } else 8539 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 8540 cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 8541 } 8542 8543 // Maybe add qualifier info. 8544 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) { 8545 if (SS.isSet()) { 8546 // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the 8547 // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this 8548 // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking 8549 // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to 8550 // CheckMemberSpecialization, below. 8551 if (!isExplicitSpecialization && 8552 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) && 8553 diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, NameLoc)) 8554 Invalid = true; 8555 8556 New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 8557 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) { 8558 New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 8559 TemplateParameterLists.size(), 8560 (TemplateParameterList**) TemplateParameterLists.release()); 8561 } 8562 } 8563 else 8564 Invalid = true; 8565 } 8566 8567 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 8568 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when 8569 // the ASTContext lays out the structure. 8570 // 8571 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 8572 // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is 8573 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 8574 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 8575 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 8576 // parsing of the struct). 8577 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 8578 8579 AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD); 8580 } 8581 8582 if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) { 8583 if (isExplicitSpecialization) 8584 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 8585 << 2 8586 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 8587 // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only 8588 // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are 8589 // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__. 8590 else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 8591 New->setModulePrivate(); 8592 } 8593 8594 // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template), 8595 // check the specialization. 8596 if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous)) 8597 Invalid = true; 8598 8599 if (Invalid) 8600 New->setInvalidDecl(); 8601 8602 if (Attr) 8603 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 8604 8605 // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope 8606 // in C, note that this type can only be used within the function. 8607 if (Name && S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 8608 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 8609 8610 // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the 8611 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 8612 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 8613 8614 // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable. 8615 // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward 8616 // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make 8617 // the tag name visible. 8618 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) 8619 New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(/* PreviouslyDeclared = */ !Previous.empty() || 8620 getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt); 8621 8622 // Set the access specifier. 8623 if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord()) 8624 SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); 8625 8626 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) 8627 New->startDefinition(); 8628 8629 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 8630 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) { 8631 // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables; 8632 // if so, borrow its access specifier. 8633 if (PrevDecl) 8634 New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess()); 8635 8636 DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 8637 DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 8638 if (Name) // can be null along some error paths 8639 if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC)) 8640 PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false); 8641 } else if (Name) { 8642 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 8643 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference); 8644 if (IsForwardReference) 8645 SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 8646 8647 } else { 8648 CurContext->addDecl(New); 8649 } 8650 8651 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 8652 if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier()) 8653 if (!New->isInvalidDecl() && 8654 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 8655 II->isStr("FILE")) 8656 Context.setFILEDecl(New); 8657 8658 // If we were in function prototype scope (and not in C++ mode), add this 8659 // tag to the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope. 8660 if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 8661 InFunctionDeclarator && Name) 8662 DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(New); 8663 8664 OwnedDecl = true; 8665 return New; 8666} 8667 8668void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 8669 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 8670 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 8671 8672 // Enter the tag context. 8673 PushDeclContext(S, Tag); 8674} 8675 8676Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) { 8677 assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) && 8678 "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl"); 8679 DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl); 8680 assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext && 8681 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 8682 CurContext = OCD; 8683 return IDecl; 8684} 8685 8686void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 8687 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 8688 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 8689 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 8690 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD); 8691 8692 FieldCollector->StartClass(); 8693 8694 if (!Record->getIdentifier()) 8695 return; 8696 8697 if (FinalLoc.isValid()) 8698 Record->addAttr(new (Context) FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context)); 8699 8700 // C++ [class]p2: 8701 // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the 8702 // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For 8703 // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated 8704 // as if it were a public member name. 8705 CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName 8706 = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext, 8707 Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(), 8708 Record->getIdentifier(), 8709 /*PrevDecl=*/0, 8710 /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true); 8711 Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record); 8712 InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); 8713 InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); 8714 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 8715 InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); 8716 PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); 8717 assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && 8718 "Broken injected-class-name"); 8719} 8720 8721void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 8722 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { 8723 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 8724 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 8725 Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc); 8726 8727 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 8728 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 8729 assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it"); 8730 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 8731 RD->completeDefinition(); 8732 } 8733 8734 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) 8735 FieldCollector->FinishClass(); 8736 8737 // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. 8738 PopDeclContext(); 8739 8740 // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. 8741 Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); 8742} 8743 8744void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() { 8745 // Exit this scope of this interface definition. 8746 PopDeclContext(); 8747} 8748 8749void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 8750 assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts"); 8751 OriginalLexicalContext = DC; 8752 ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 8753} 8754 8755void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 8756 ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC)); 8757 OriginalLexicalContext = 0; 8758} 8759 8760void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 8761 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 8762 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 8763 Tag->setInvalidDecl(); 8764 8765 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 8766 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 8767 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 8768 RD->completeDefinition(); 8769 } 8770 8771 // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not 8772 // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with 8773 // the FieldCollector. 8774 8775 PopDeclContext(); 8776} 8777 8778// Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields. 8779ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, 8780 IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 8781 QualType FieldTy, Expr *BitWidth, 8782 bool *ZeroWidth) { 8783 // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness 8784 if (ZeroWidth) 8785 *ZeroWidth = true; 8786 8787 // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. 8788 // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. 8789 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 8790 // Handle incomplete types with specific error. 8791 if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) 8792 return ExprError(); 8793 if (FieldName) 8794 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) 8795 << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 8796 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield) 8797 << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 8798 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth), 8799 UPPC_BitFieldWidth)) 8800 return ExprError(); 8801 8802 // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check 8803 // it now. 8804 if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) 8805 return Owned(BitWidth); 8806 8807 llvm::APSInt Value; 8808 ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value); 8809 if (ICE.isInvalid()) 8810 return ICE; 8811 BitWidth = ICE.take(); 8812 8813 if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth) 8814 *ZeroWidth = false; 8815 8816 // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. 8817 if (Value == 0 && FieldName) 8818 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; 8819 8820 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 8821 if (FieldName) 8822 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) 8823 << FieldName << Value.toString(10); 8824 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width) 8825 << Value.toString(10); 8826 } 8827 8828 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { 8829 uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); 8830 if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) { 8831 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8832 if (FieldName) 8833 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 8834 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 8835 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 8836 8837 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 8838 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 8839 } 8840 8841 if (FieldName) 8842 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 8843 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 8844 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 8845 else 8846 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 8847 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 8848 } 8849 } 8850 8851 return Owned(BitWidth); 8852} 8853 8854/// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order 8855/// to create a FieldDecl object for it. 8856Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 8857 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) { 8858 FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD), 8859 DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), 8860 /*HasInit=*/false, AS_public); 8861 return Res; 8862} 8863 8864/// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. 8865/// 8866FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, 8867 SourceLocation DeclStart, 8868 Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, bool HasInit, 8869 AccessSpecifier AS) { 8870 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 8871 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 8872 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 8873 8874 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 8875 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 8876 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8877 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 8878 8879 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 8880 UPPC_DataMemberType)) { 8881 D.setInvalidType(); 8882 T = Context.IntTy; 8883 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc); 8884 } 8885 } 8886 8887 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 8888 8889 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 8890 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 8891 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 8892 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 8893 << 2; 8894 8895 // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously 8896 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = 0; 8897 LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration); 8898 LookupName(Previous, S); 8899 switch (Previous.getResultKind()) { 8900 case LookupResult::Found: 8901 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 8902 PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 8903 break; 8904 8905 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 8906 PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 8907 break; 8908 8909 case LookupResult::NotFound: 8910 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 8911 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 8912 break; 8913 } 8914 Previous.suppressDiagnostics(); 8915 8916 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 8917 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 8918 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 8919 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 8920 PrevDecl = 0; 8921 } 8922 8923 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) 8924 PrevDecl = 0; 8925 8926 bool Mutable 8927 = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); 8928 SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart(); 8929 FieldDecl *NewFD 8930 = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, HasInit, 8931 TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D); 8932 8933 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 8934 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 8935 8936 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 8937 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 8938 8939 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { 8940 // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something 8941 // with the same name in the same scope. 8942 } else if (II) { 8943 PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); 8944 } else 8945 Record->addDecl(NewFD); 8946 8947 return NewFD; 8948} 8949 8950/// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. 8951/// 8952/// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, 8953/// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration 8954/// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be 8955/// created. 8956/// 8957/// \returns a new FieldDecl. 8958/// 8959/// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once 8960FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 8961 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 8962 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 8963 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, bool HasInit, 8964 SourceLocation TSSL, 8965 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 8966 Declarator *D) { 8967 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 8968 bool InvalidDecl = false; 8969 if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType(); 8970 8971 // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and 8972 // marking this declaration as invalid. 8973 if (T.isNull()) { 8974 InvalidDecl = true; 8975 T = Context.IntTy; 8976 } 8977 8978 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T); 8979 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 8980 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 8981 // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid. 8982 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 8983 InvalidDecl = true; 8984 } else { 8985 NamedDecl *Def; 8986 EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def); 8987 if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) { 8988 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 8989 InvalidDecl = true; 8990 } 8991 } 8992 } 8993 8994 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 8995 // than a variably modified type. 8996 if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 8997 bool SizeIsNegative; 8998 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 8999 QualType FixedTy = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, 9000 SizeIsNegative, 9001 Oversized); 9002 if (!FixedTy.isNull()) { 9003 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 9004 T = FixedTy; 9005 } else { 9006 if (SizeIsNegative) 9007 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 9008 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 9009 Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) 9010 << Oversized.toString(10); 9011 else 9012 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); 9013 InvalidDecl = true; 9014 } 9015 } 9016 9017 // Fields can not have abstract class types 9018 if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, 9019 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9020 AbstractFieldType)) 9021 InvalidDecl = true; 9022 9023 bool ZeroWidth = false; 9024 // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. 9025 if (!InvalidDecl && BitWidth) { 9026 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth, &ZeroWidth).take(); 9027 if (!BitWidth) { 9028 InvalidDecl = true; 9029 BitWidth = 0; 9030 ZeroWidth = false; 9031 } 9032 } 9033 9034 // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration. 9035 if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) { 9036 unsigned DiagID = 0; 9037 if (T->isReferenceType()) 9038 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_reference; 9039 else if (T.isConstQualified()) 9040 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const; 9041 9042 if (DiagID) { 9043 SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc; 9044 if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) 9045 ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(); 9046 Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID); 9047 Mutable = false; 9048 InvalidDecl = true; 9049 } 9050 } 9051 9052 FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo, 9053 BitWidth, Mutable, HasInit); 9054 if (InvalidDecl) 9055 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9056 9057 if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 9058 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 9059 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 9060 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9061 } 9062 9063 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9064 if (Record->isUnion()) { 9065 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 9066 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 9067 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 9068 // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial 9069 // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial 9070 // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator 9071 // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such 9072 // objects. 9073 if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD)) 9074 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9075 } 9076 } 9077 9078 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type, 9079 // the program is ill-formed. 9080 if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) { 9081 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type) 9082 << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy; 9083 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9084 } 9085 } 9086 } 9087 9088 // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST 9089 // representation, not a parser representation. 9090 if (D) 9091 // FIXME: What to pass instead of TUScope? 9092 ProcessDeclAttributes(TUScope, NewFD, *D); 9093 9094 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of 9095 // retainable type. 9096 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD)) 9097 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9098 9099 if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) 9100 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); 9101 9102 NewFD->setAccess(AS); 9103 return NewFD; 9104} 9105 9106bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) { 9107 assert(FD); 9108 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++"); 9109 9110 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 9111 return true; 9112 9113 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 9114 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 9115 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 9116 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 9117 // We check for copy constructors before constructors 9118 // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about 9119 // copy constructors. 9120 9121 CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid; 9122 if (!RDecl->hasTrivialCopyConstructor()) 9123 member = CXXCopyConstructor; 9124 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()) 9125 member = CXXDefaultConstructor; 9126 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialCopyAssignment()) 9127 member = CXXCopyAssignment; 9128 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDestructor()) 9129 member = CXXDestructor; 9130 9131 if (member != CXXInvalid) { 9132 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x && 9133 getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) { 9134 // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of 9135 // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs 9136 // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions, 9137 // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those 9138 // members unavailable. 9139 SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation(); 9140 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) { 9141 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) 9142 FD->addAttr(new (Context) UnavailableAttr(Loc, Context, 9143 "this system field has retaining ownership")); 9144 return false; 9145 } 9146 } 9147 9148 Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x ? 9149 diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member : 9150 diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member) 9151 << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member; 9152 DiagnoseNontrivial(RT, member); 9153 return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x; 9154 } 9155 } 9156 } 9157 9158 return false; 9159} 9160 9161/// If the given constructor is user-provided, produce a diagnostic explaining 9162/// that it makes the class non-trivial. 9163static bool DiagnoseNontrivialUserProvidedCtor(Sema &S, QualType QT, 9164 CXXConstructorDecl *CD, 9165 Sema::CXXSpecialMember CSM) { 9166 if (!CD->isUserProvided()) 9167 return false; 9168 9169 SourceLocation CtorLoc = CD->getLocation(); 9170 S.Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << CSM; 9171 return true; 9172} 9173 9174/// DiagnoseNontrivial - Given that a class has a non-trivial 9175/// special member, figure out why. 9176void Sema::DiagnoseNontrivial(const RecordType* T, CXXSpecialMember member) { 9177 QualType QT(T, 0U); 9178 CXXRecordDecl* RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(T->getDecl()); 9179 9180 // Check whether the member was user-declared. 9181 switch (member) { 9182 case CXXInvalid: 9183 break; 9184 9185 case CXXDefaultConstructor: 9186 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredConstructor()) { 9187 typedef CXXRecordDecl::ctor_iterator ctor_iter; 9188 for (ctor_iter CI = RD->ctor_begin(), CE = RD->ctor_end(); CI != CE; ++CI) 9189 if (DiagnoseNontrivialUserProvidedCtor(*this, QT, &*CI, member)) 9190 return; 9191 9192 // No user-provided constructors; look for constructor templates. 9193 typedef CXXRecordDecl::specific_decl_iterator<FunctionTemplateDecl> 9194 tmpl_iter; 9195 for (tmpl_iter TI(RD->decls_begin()), TE(RD->decls_end()); 9196 TI != TE; ++TI) { 9197 CXXConstructorDecl *CD = 9198 dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(TI->getTemplatedDecl()); 9199 if (CD && DiagnoseNontrivialUserProvidedCtor(*this, QT, CD, member)) 9200 return; 9201 } 9202 } 9203 break; 9204 9205 case CXXCopyConstructor: 9206 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredCopyConstructor()) { 9207 SourceLocation CtorLoc = 9208 RD->getCopyConstructor(0)->getLocation(); 9209 Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 9210 return; 9211 } 9212 break; 9213 9214 case CXXMoveConstructor: 9215 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredMoveConstructor()) { 9216 SourceLocation CtorLoc = RD->getMoveConstructor()->getLocation(); 9217 Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 9218 return; 9219 } 9220 break; 9221 9222 case CXXCopyAssignment: 9223 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredCopyAssignment()) { 9224 // FIXME: this should use the location of the copy 9225 // assignment, not the type. 9226 SourceLocation TyLoc = RD->getLocStart(); 9227 Diag(TyLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 9228 return; 9229 } 9230 break; 9231 9232 case CXXMoveAssignment: 9233 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredMoveAssignment()) { 9234 SourceLocation AssignLoc = RD->getMoveAssignmentOperator()->getLocation(); 9235 Diag(AssignLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 9236 return; 9237 } 9238 break; 9239 9240 case CXXDestructor: 9241 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) { 9242 SourceLocation DtorLoc = LookupDestructor(RD)->getLocation(); 9243 Diag(DtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 9244 return; 9245 } 9246 break; 9247 } 9248 9249 typedef CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator base_iter; 9250 9251 // Virtual bases and members inhibit trivial copying/construction, 9252 // but not trivial destruction. 9253 if (member != CXXDestructor) { 9254 // Check for virtual bases. vbases includes indirect virtual bases, 9255 // so we just iterate through the direct bases. 9256 for (base_iter bi = RD->bases_begin(), be = RD->bases_end(); bi != be; ++bi) 9257 if (bi->isVirtual()) { 9258 SourceLocation BaseLoc = bi->getLocStart(); 9259 Diag(BaseLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_virtual) << QT << 1; 9260 return; 9261 } 9262 9263 // Check for virtual methods. 9264 typedef CXXRecordDecl::method_iterator meth_iter; 9265 for (meth_iter mi = RD->method_begin(), me = RD->method_end(); mi != me; 9266 ++mi) { 9267 if (mi->isVirtual()) { 9268 SourceLocation MLoc = mi->getLocStart(); 9269 Diag(MLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_virtual) << QT << 0; 9270 return; 9271 } 9272 } 9273 } 9274 9275 bool (CXXRecordDecl::*hasTrivial)() const; 9276 switch (member) { 9277 case CXXDefaultConstructor: 9278 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialDefaultConstructor; break; 9279 case CXXCopyConstructor: 9280 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyConstructor; break; 9281 case CXXCopyAssignment: 9282 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyAssignment; break; 9283 case CXXDestructor: 9284 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialDestructor; break; 9285 default: 9286 llvm_unreachable("unexpected special member"); 9287 } 9288 9289 // Check for nontrivial bases (and recurse). 9290 for (base_iter bi = RD->bases_begin(), be = RD->bases_end(); bi != be; ++bi) { 9291 const RecordType *BaseRT = bi->getType()->getAs<RecordType>(); 9292 assert(BaseRT && "Don't know how to handle dependent bases"); 9293 CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecTy = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl()); 9294 if (!(BaseRecTy->*hasTrivial)()) { 9295 SourceLocation BaseLoc = bi->getLocStart(); 9296 Diag(BaseLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_nontrivial) << QT << 1 << member; 9297 DiagnoseNontrivial(BaseRT, member); 9298 return; 9299 } 9300 } 9301 9302 // Check for nontrivial members (and recurse). 9303 typedef RecordDecl::field_iterator field_iter; 9304 for (field_iter fi = RD->field_begin(), fe = RD->field_end(); fi != fe; 9305 ++fi) { 9306 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(fi->getType()); 9307 if (const RecordType *EltRT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 9308 CXXRecordDecl* EltRD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(EltRT->getDecl()); 9309 9310 if (!(EltRD->*hasTrivial)()) { 9311 SourceLocation FLoc = fi->getLocation(); 9312 Diag(FLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_nontrivial) << QT << 0 << member; 9313 DiagnoseNontrivial(EltRT, member); 9314 return; 9315 } 9316 } 9317 9318 if (EltTy->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 9319 switch (EltTy.getObjCLifetime()) { 9320 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 9321 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 9322 break; 9323 9324 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 9325 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 9326 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 9327 Diag(fi->getLocation(), diag::note_nontrivial_objc_ownership) 9328 << QT << EltTy.getObjCLifetime(); 9329 return; 9330 } 9331 } 9332 } 9333 9334 llvm_unreachable("found no explanation for non-trivial member"); 9335} 9336 9337/// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an 9338/// AST enum value. 9339static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl 9340TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { 9341 switch (ivarVisibility) { 9342 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind"); 9343 case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; 9344 case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; 9345 case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; 9346 case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; 9347 } 9348} 9349 9350/// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this 9351/// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. 9352Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, 9353 SourceLocation DeclStart, 9354 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 9355 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { 9356 9357 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 9358 Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; 9359 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 9360 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 9361 9362 // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for 9363 // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! 9364 9365 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 9366 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 9367 9368 if (BitWidth) { 9369 // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 9370 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth).take(); 9371 if (!BitWidth) 9372 D.setInvalidType(); 9373 } else { 9374 // Not a bitfield. 9375 9376 // validate II. 9377 9378 } 9379 if (T->isReferenceType()) { 9380 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type); 9381 D.setInvalidType(); 9382 } 9383 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 9384 // than a variably modified type. 9385 else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 9386 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); 9387 D.setInvalidType(); 9388 } 9389 9390 // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. 9391 ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = 9392 Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) 9393 : ObjCIvarDecl::None; 9394 // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface. 9395 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext); 9396 if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 9397 return 0; 9398 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext; 9399 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 9400 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 9401 if (!LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI2) { 9402 // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class. 9403 EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface(); 9404 assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!"); 9405 } 9406 else 9407 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 9408 } else { 9409 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 9410 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 9411 if (!LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI2 || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) { 9412 Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension(); 9413 return 0; 9414 } 9415 } 9416 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 9417 } 9418 9419 // Construct the decl. 9420 ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext, 9421 DeclStart, Loc, II, T, 9422 TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); 9423 9424 if (II) { 9425 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 9426 ForRedeclaration); 9427 if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S) 9428 && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 9429 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 9430 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 9431 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 9432 } 9433 } 9434 9435 // Process attributes attached to the ivar. 9436 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D); 9437 9438 if (D.isInvalidType()) 9439 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 9440 9441 // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type. 9442 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID)) 9443 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 9444 9445 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 9446 NewID->setModulePrivate(); 9447 9448 if (II) { 9449 // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add 9450 // these to the interface. 9451 S->AddDecl(NewID); 9452 IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); 9453 } 9454 9455 return NewID; 9456} 9457 9458/// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for 9459/// class and class extensions. For every class @interface and class 9460/// extension @interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type, 9461/// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface. 9462void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc, 9463 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) { 9464 if (!LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI2 || AllIvarDecls.empty()) 9465 return; 9466 9467 Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1]; 9468 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl); 9469 9470 if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0) 9471 return; 9472 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext); 9473 if (!ID) { 9474 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) { 9475 if (!CD->IsClassExtension()) 9476 return; 9477 } 9478 // No need to add this to end of @implementation. 9479 else 9480 return; 9481 } 9482 // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars. 9483 llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0); 9484 Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc); 9485 9486 Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext), 9487 DeclLoc, DeclLoc, 0, 9488 Context.CharTy, 9489 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy, 9490 DeclLoc), 9491 ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW, 9492 true); 9493 AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar); 9494} 9495 9496void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope* S, 9497 SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 9498 llvm::ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, 9499 SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac, 9500 AttributeList *Attr) { 9501 assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); 9502 9503 // If the decl this is being inserted into is invalid, then it may be a 9504 // redeclaration or some other bogus case. Don't try to add fields to it. 9505 if (EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 9506 return; 9507 9508 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 9509 9510 // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include 9511 // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total. 9512 unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; 9513 if (Record) { 9514 for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator i = Record->decls_begin(), 9515 e = Record->decls_end(); i != e; i++) { 9516 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(*i)) 9517 if (IFD->getDeclName()) 9518 ++NumNamedMembers; 9519 } 9520 } 9521 9522 // Verify that all the fields are okay. 9523 SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; 9524 9525 bool ARCErrReported = false; 9526 for (llvm::ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end(); 9527 i != end; ++i) { 9528 FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i); 9529 9530 // Get the type for the field. 9531 const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); 9532 9533 if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { 9534 // Remember all fields written by the user. 9535 RecFields.push_back(FD); 9536 } 9537 9538 // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more 9539 // diagnostics about it. 9540 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 9541 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9542 continue; 9543 } 9544 9545 // C99 6.7.2.1p2: 9546 // A structure or union shall not contain a member with 9547 // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not 9548 // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to 9549 // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a 9550 // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete 9551 // array type; such a structure (and any union containing, 9552 // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) 9553 // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an 9554 // array. 9555 if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { 9556 // Field declared as a function. 9557 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) 9558 << FD->getDeclName(); 9559 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9560 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9561 continue; 9562 } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record && 9563 ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) || 9564 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt || 9565 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) && 9566 (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) { 9567 // Flexible array member. 9568 // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array. 9569 // It will accept flexible array in union and also 9570 // as the sole element of a struct/class. 9571 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 9572 if (Record->isUnion()) 9573 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms) 9574 << FD->getDeclName(); 9575 else if (Fields.size() == 1) 9576 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms) 9577 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 9578 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9579 if (Record->isUnion()) 9580 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu) 9581 << FD->getDeclName(); 9582 else if (Fields.size() == 1) 9583 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu) 9584 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 9585 } else if (!getLangOpts().C99) { 9586 if (Record->isUnion()) 9587 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu) 9588 << FD->getDeclName(); 9589 else 9590 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member) 9591 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 9592 } else if (NumNamedMembers < 1) { 9593 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_empty_struct) 9594 << FD->getDeclName(); 9595 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9596 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9597 continue; 9598 } 9599 if (!FD->getType()->isDependentType() && 9600 !Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()).isPODType(Context)) { 9601 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nonpod_type) 9602 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 9603 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9604 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9605 continue; 9606 } 9607 // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. 9608 if (Record) 9609 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 9610 } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && 9611 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 9612 diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 9613 // Incomplete type 9614 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9615 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9616 continue; 9617 } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 9618 if (FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 9619 // If this is a member of a union, then entire union becomes "flexible". 9620 if (Record && Record->isUnion()) { 9621 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 9622 } else { 9623 // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject 9624 // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of 9625 // structures. 9626 if (i + 1 != Fields.end()) 9627 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) 9628 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 9629 else { 9630 // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in 9631 // other structs as an extension. 9632 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) 9633 << FD->getDeclName(); 9634 if (Record) 9635 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 9636 } 9637 } 9638 } 9639 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 9640 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 9641 } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) { 9642 /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object 9643 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 9644 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*"); 9645 QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType()); 9646 FD->setType(T); 9647 } 9648 else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9649 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported) { 9650 // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime. 9651 // We don't want to report this in a system header, though, 9652 // so we just make the field unavailable. 9653 // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type 9654 // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy. 9655 QualType T = FD->getType(); 9656 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime(); 9657 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) { 9658 SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation(); 9659 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) { 9660 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) { 9661 FD->addAttr(new (Context) UnavailableAttr(loc, Context, 9662 "this system field has retaining ownership")); 9663 } 9664 } else { 9665 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_struct) 9666 << T->isBlockPointerType(); 9667 } 9668 ARCErrReported = true; 9669 } 9670 } 9671 else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && 9672 getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC && 9673 Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) { 9674 if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 9675 FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong()) 9676 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 9677 else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) { 9678 QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 9679 if (BaseType->isRecordType() && 9680 BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 9681 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 9682 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 9683 BaseType.isObjCGCStrong()) 9684 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 9685 } 9686 } 9687 } 9688 // Keep track of the number of named members. 9689 if (FD->getIdentifier()) 9690 ++NumNamedMembers; 9691 } 9692 9693 // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. 9694 if (Record) { 9695 bool Completed = false; 9696 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 9697 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 9698 // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions. 9699 UnresolvedSetImpl *Convs = CXXRecord->getConversionFunctions(); 9700 for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = Convs->begin(), E = Convs->end(); 9701 I != E; ++I) 9702 Convs->setAccess(I, (*I)->getAccess()); 9703 9704 if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) { 9705 // Objective-C Automatic Reference Counting: 9706 // If a class has a non-static data member of Objective-C pointer 9707 // type (or array thereof), it is a non-POD type and its 9708 // default constructor (if any), copy constructor, copy assignment 9709 // operator, and destructor are non-trivial. 9710 // 9711 // This rule is also handled by CXXRecordDecl::completeDefinition(). 9712 // However, here we check whether this particular class is only 9713 // non-POD because of the presence of an Objective-C pointer member. 9714 // If so, objects of this type cannot be shared between code compiled 9715 // with instant objects and code compiled with manual retain/release. 9716 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 9717 CXXRecord->hasObjectMember() && 9718 CXXRecord->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage) { 9719 if (CXXRecord->isPOD()) { 9720 Diag(CXXRecord->getLocation(), 9721 diag::warn_arc_non_pod_class_with_object_member) 9722 << CXXRecord; 9723 } else { 9724 // FIXME: Fix-Its would be nice here, but finding a good location 9725 // for them is going to be tricky. 9726 if (CXXRecord->hasTrivialCopyConstructor()) 9727 Diag(CXXRecord->getLocation(), 9728 diag::warn_arc_trivial_member_function_with_object_member) 9729 << CXXRecord << 0; 9730 if (CXXRecord->hasTrivialCopyAssignment()) 9731 Diag(CXXRecord->getLocation(), 9732 diag::warn_arc_trivial_member_function_with_object_member) 9733 << CXXRecord << 1; 9734 if (CXXRecord->hasTrivialDestructor()) 9735 Diag(CXXRecord->getLocation(), 9736 diag::warn_arc_trivial_member_function_with_object_member) 9737 << CXXRecord << 2; 9738 } 9739 } 9740 9741 // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec. 9742 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x && 9743 CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) 9744 AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord,CXXRecord->getDestructor()); 9745 9746 // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class. 9747 AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord); 9748 9749 // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple 9750 // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this 9751 // problem now. 9752 if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) { 9753 CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders; 9754 CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders); 9755 9756 for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(), 9757 MEnd = FinalOverriders.end(); 9758 M != MEnd; ++M) { 9759 for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(), 9760 SOEnd = M->second.end(); 9761 SO != SOEnd; ++SO) { 9762 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 && 9763 "Virtual function without overridding functions?"); 9764 if (SO->second.size() == 1) 9765 continue; 9766 9767 // C++ [class.virtual]p2: 9768 // In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base 9769 // class subobject has more than one final overrider the 9770 // program is ill-formed. 9771 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders) 9772 << (NamedDecl *)M->first << Record; 9773 Diag(M->first->getLocation(), 9774 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 9775 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator 9776 OM = SO->second.begin(), 9777 OMEnd = SO->second.end(); 9778 OM != OMEnd; ++OM) 9779 Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider) 9780 << (NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent(); 9781 9782 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 9783 } 9784 } 9785 CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders); 9786 Completed = true; 9787 } 9788 } 9789 } 9790 } 9791 9792 if (!Completed) 9793 Record->completeDefinition(); 9794 9795 } else { 9796 ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = 9797 reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data()); 9798 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 9799 ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac); 9800 // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext. 9801 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 9802 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID); 9803 ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 9804 } 9805 // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be 9806 // duplicates. 9807 if (ID->getSuperClass()) 9808 DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass()); 9809 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 9810 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 9811 assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); 9812 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I) 9813 // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation. 9814 // Only it is in implementation's lexical context. 9815 ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl); 9816 CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); 9817 IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 9818 IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 9819 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 9820 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 9821 // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been 9822 // reported as errors elsewhere. 9823 // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field. 9824 // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac); 9825 // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext. 9826 // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars. 9827 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface(); 9828 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 9829 if (IDecl) { 9830 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar = 9831 IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 9832 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 9833 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 9834 Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 9835 continue; 9836 } 9837 for (const ObjCCategoryDecl *ClsExtDecl = 9838 IDecl->getFirstClassExtension(); 9839 ClsExtDecl; ClsExtDecl = ClsExtDecl->getNextClassExtension()) { 9840 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar = 9841 ClsExtDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 9842 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 9843 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 9844 Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 9845 continue; 9846 } 9847 } 9848 } 9849 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl); 9850 CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 9851 } 9852 CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 9853 CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 9854 } 9855 } 9856 9857 if (Attr) 9858 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr); 9859 9860 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a subclass, 9861 // set the visibility of this record. 9862 if (Record && !Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 9863 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Record); 9864} 9865 9866/// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within 9867/// the given type T. 9868static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context, 9869 llvm::APSInt &Value, 9870 QualType T) { 9871 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 9872 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T); 9873 9874 if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) { 9875 if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()) 9876 --BitWidth; 9877 return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth; 9878 } 9879 return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth; 9880} 9881 9882// \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type 9883// (or a NULL type of no such type exists). 9884static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) { 9885 // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into 9886 // enum checking below. 9887 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 9888 const unsigned NumTypes = 4; 9889 QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 9890 Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy 9891 }; 9892 QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 9893 Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, 9894 Context.UnsignedLongLongTy 9895 }; 9896 9897 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T); 9898 QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes 9899 : UnsignedIntegralTypes; 9900 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I) 9901 if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth) 9902 return Types[I]; 9903 9904 return QualType(); 9905} 9906 9907EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 9908 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 9909 SourceLocation IdLoc, 9910 IdentifierInfo *Id, 9911 Expr *Val) { 9912 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 9913 llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth); 9914 QualType EltTy; 9915 9916 if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue)) 9917 Val = 0; 9918 9919 if (Val) 9920 Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).take(); 9921 9922 if (Val) { 9923 if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent()) 9924 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 9925 else { 9926 SourceLocation ExpLoc; 9927 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x && Enum->isFixed() && 9928 !getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) { 9929 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the 9930 // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted 9931 // constant expression of the underlying type. 9932 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 9933 ExprResult Converted = 9934 CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal, 9935 CCEK_Enumerator); 9936 if (Converted.isInvalid()) 9937 Val = 0; 9938 else 9939 Val = Converted.take(); 9940 } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() && 9941 !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, 9942 &EnumVal).take())) { 9943 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. 9944 } else { 9945 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 9946 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 9947 9948 // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be 9949 // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11, 9950 // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant 9951 // expression checking. 9952 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 9953 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) { 9954 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 9955 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 9956 } else 9957 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 9958 } else 9959 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 9960 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9961 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: 9962 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 9963 // is the type of its initializing value: 9964 // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the 9965 // initializing value has the same type as the expression. 9966 EltTy = Val->getType(); 9967 } else { 9968 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: 9969 // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant 9970 // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value 9971 // representable as an int. 9972 9973 // Complain if the value is not representable in an int. 9974 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy)) 9975 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 9976 << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange() 9977 << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative()); 9978 else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) { 9979 // Force the type of the expression to 'int'. 9980 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 9981 } 9982 EltTy = Val->getType(); 9983 } 9984 } 9985 } 9986 } 9987 9988 if (!Val) { 9989 if (Enum->isDependentType()) 9990 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 9991 else if (!LastEnumConst) { 9992 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 9993 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 9994 // is the type of its initializing value: 9995 // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the 9996 // initializing value has an unspecified integral type. 9997 // 9998 // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does 9999 // C99 6.7.2.2p3. 10000 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 10001 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 10002 } 10003 else { 10004 EltTy = Context.IntTy; 10005 } 10006 } else { 10007 // Assign the last value + 1. 10008 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 10009 ++EnumVal; 10010 EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); 10011 10012 // Check for overflow on increment. 10013 if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) { 10014 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 10015 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 10016 // is the type of its initializing value: 10017 // 10018 // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as 10019 // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator 10020 // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type, 10021 // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type 10022 // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type 10023 // exists, the program is ill-formed. 10024 QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy); 10025 if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) { 10026 // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this 10027 // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around. 10028 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 10029 EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2); 10030 ++EnumVal; 10031 if (Enum->isFixed()) 10032 // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed. 10033 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped) 10034 << EnumVal.toString(10) 10035 << EltTy; 10036 else 10037 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enumerator_too_large) 10038 << EnumVal.toString(10); 10039 } else { 10040 EltTy = T; 10041 } 10042 10043 // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the 10044 // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented 10045 // value, then increment. 10046 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 10047 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 10048 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 10049 ++EnumVal; 10050 10051 // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values, 10052 // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in 10053 // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that 10054 // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger 10055 // integral type. 10056 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull()) 10057 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); 10058 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 10059 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 10060 // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value. 10061 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 10062 << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1; 10063 } 10064 } 10065 } 10066 10067 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 10068 // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the 10069 // enumerator's type. 10070 EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 10071 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 10072 } 10073 10074 return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, 10075 Val, EnumVal); 10076} 10077 10078 10079Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst, 10080 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 10081 AttributeList *Attr, 10082 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) { 10083 EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl); 10084 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = 10085 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst); 10086 10087 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 10088 // we find one that is. 10089 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 10090 10091 // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this 10092 // scope. 10093 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 10094 ForRedeclaration); 10095 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 10096 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 10097 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); 10098 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 10099 PrevDecl = 0; 10100 } 10101 10102 if (PrevDecl) { 10103 // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the 10104 // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. 10105 assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && 10106 "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); 10107 if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) { 10108 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) 10109 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; 10110 else 10111 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; 10112 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 10113 return 0; 10114 } 10115 } 10116 10117 // C++ [class.mem]p13: 10118 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 10119 // name different from T: 10120 // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an enumerated 10121 // type 10122 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record 10123 = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>( 10124 TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 10125 if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getIdentifier() == Id) 10126 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Id; 10127 10128 EnumConstantDecl *New = 10129 CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val); 10130 10131 if (New) { 10132 // Process attributes. 10133 if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 10134 10135 // Register this decl in the current scope stack. 10136 New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess()); 10137 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 10138 } 10139 10140 return New; 10141} 10142 10143void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 10144 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX, 10145 Decl **Elements, unsigned NumElements, 10146 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) { 10147 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX); 10148 QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); 10149 10150 if (Attr) 10151 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr); 10152 10153 if (Enum->isDependentType()) { 10154 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 10155 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 10156 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 10157 if (!ECD) continue; 10158 10159 ECD->setType(EnumType); 10160 } 10161 10162 Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0); 10163 return; 10164 } 10165 10166 // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long 10167 // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, 10168 // emit a warning. 10169 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 10170 unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth(); 10171 unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth(); 10172 10173 // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and 10174 // reverse the list. 10175 unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; 10176 unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; 10177 10178 // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. 10179 bool AllElementsInt = true; 10180 10181 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 10182 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 10183 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 10184 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 10185 10186 const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 10187 10188 // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. 10189 if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) 10190 NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, 10191 (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); 10192 else 10193 NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, 10194 (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); 10195 10196 // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon). 10197 if (AllElementsInt) 10198 AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; 10199 } 10200 10201 // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. 10202 QualType BestType; 10203 unsigned BestWidth; 10204 10205 // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3: 10206 // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying 10207 // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first 10208 // of the following types that can represent all the values of 10209 // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long 10210 // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. 10211 // C99 6.4.4.3p2: 10212 // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int. 10213 // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension 10214 QualType BestPromotionType; 10215 10216 bool Packed = Enum->getAttr<PackedAttr>() ? true : false; 10217 // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all 10218 // enum definitions. 10219 if (LangOpts.ShortEnums) 10220 Packed = true; 10221 10222 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 10223 BestType = Enum->getIntegerType(); 10224 if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType()) 10225 BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType); 10226 else 10227 BestPromotionType = BestType; 10228 // We don't need to set BestWidth, because BestType is going to be the type 10229 // of the enumerators, but we do anyway because otherwise some compilers 10230 // warn that it might be used uninitialized. 10231 BestWidth = CharWidth; 10232 } 10233 else if (NumNegativeBits) { 10234 // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of 10235 // int/long/longlong) that fits. 10236 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 10237 if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) { 10238 BestType = Context.SignedCharTy; 10239 BestWidth = CharWidth; 10240 } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth && 10241 NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) { 10242 BestType = Context.ShortTy; 10243 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 10244 } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { 10245 BestType = Context.IntTy; 10246 BestWidth = IntWidth; 10247 } else { 10248 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth(); 10249 10250 if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) { 10251 BestType = Context.LongTy; 10252 } else { 10253 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 10254 10255 if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) 10256 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::warn_enum_too_large); 10257 BestType = Context.LongLongTy; 10258 } 10259 } 10260 BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType); 10261 } else { 10262 // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits 10263 // all of the enumerator values. 10264 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 10265 if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) { 10266 BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 10267 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 10268 BestWidth = CharWidth; 10269 } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) { 10270 BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 10271 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 10272 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 10273 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { 10274 BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; 10275 BestWidth = IntWidth; 10276 BestPromotionType 10277 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 10278 ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 10279 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= 10280 (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) { 10281 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; 10282 BestPromotionType 10283 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 10284 ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 10285 } else { 10286 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 10287 assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && 10288 "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); 10289 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 10290 BestPromotionType 10291 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 10292 ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 10293 } 10294 } 10295 10296 // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match 10297 // the type of the enum if needed. 10298 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 10299 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 10300 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 10301 10302 // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an 10303 // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each 10304 // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the 10305 // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" 10306 // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. 10307 10308 // Determine whether the value fits into an int. 10309 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 10310 10311 // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match 10312 // the enum decl type. 10313 QualType NewTy; 10314 unsigned NewWidth; 10315 bool NewSign; 10316 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 10317 !Enum->isFixed() && 10318 isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) { 10319 NewTy = Context.IntTy; 10320 NewWidth = IntWidth; 10321 NewSign = true; 10322 } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { 10323 // Already the right type! 10324 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 10325 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 10326 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 10327 // enumeration. 10328 ECD->setType(EnumType); 10329 continue; 10330 } else { 10331 NewTy = BestType; 10332 NewWidth = BestWidth; 10333 NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(); 10334 } 10335 10336 // Adjust the APSInt value. 10337 InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); 10338 InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); 10339 ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); 10340 10341 // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. 10342 if (ECD->getInitExpr() && 10343 !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType())) 10344 ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy, 10345 CK_IntegralCast, 10346 ECD->getInitExpr(), 10347 /*base paths*/ 0, 10348 VK_RValue)); 10349 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 10350 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 10351 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 10352 // enumeration. 10353 ECD->setType(EnumType); 10354 else 10355 ECD->setType(NewTy); 10356 } 10357 10358 Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType, 10359 NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits); 10360 10361 // If we're declaring a function, ensure this decl isn't forgotten about - 10362 // it needs to go into the function scope. 10363 if (InFunctionDeclarator) 10364 DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(Enum); 10365 10366} 10367 10368Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 10369 SourceLocation StartLoc, 10370 SourceLocation EndLoc) { 10371 StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr); 10372 10373 FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 10374 AsmString, StartLoc, 10375 EndLoc); 10376 CurContext->addDecl(New); 10377 return New; 10378} 10379 10380DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, 10381 SourceLocation ImportLoc, 10382 ModuleIdPath Path) { 10383 Module *Mod = PP.getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, 10384 Module::AllVisible, 10385 /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false); 10386 if (!Mod) 10387 return true; 10388 10389 llvm::SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs; 10390 Module *ModCheck = Mod; 10391 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) { 10392 // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers. 10393 // We need the length to be consistent. 10394 if (!ModCheck) 10395 break; 10396 ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent; 10397 10398 IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second); 10399 } 10400 10401 ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context, 10402 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 10403 AtLoc.isValid()? AtLoc : ImportLoc, 10404 Mod, IdentifierLocs); 10405 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Import); 10406 return Import; 10407} 10408 10409void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name, 10410 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 10411 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 10412 SourceLocation NameLoc, 10413 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 10414 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, 10415 LookupOrdinaryName); 10416 AsmLabelAttr *Attr = 10417 ::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(AliasNameLoc, Context, AliasName->getName()); 10418 10419 if (PrevDecl) 10420 PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr); 10421 else 10422 (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 10423 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>(Name, Attr)); 10424} 10425 10426void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name, 10427 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 10428 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 10429 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 10430 10431 if (PrevDecl) { 10432 PrevDecl->addAttr(::new (Context) WeakAttr(PragmaLoc, Context)); 10433 } else { 10434 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 10435 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> 10436 (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)0, NameLoc))); 10437 } 10438} 10439 10440void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name, 10441 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 10442 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 10443 SourceLocation NameLoc, 10444 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 10445 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc, 10446 LookupOrdinaryName); 10447 WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc); 10448 10449 if (PrevDecl) { 10450 if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) 10451 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl)) 10452 DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W); 10453 } else { 10454 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 10455 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W)); 10456 } 10457} 10458 10459Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const { 10460 return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext)); 10461} 10462 10463AvailabilityResult Sema::getCurContextAvailability() const { 10464 const Decl *D = cast<Decl>(getCurLexicalContext()); 10465 // A category implicitly has the availability of the interface. 10466 if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(D)) 10467 D = CatD->getClassInterface(); 10468 10469 return D->getAvailability(); 10470} 10471